Call Reestablishment (RAN16.0 03)

WCDMA RAN
Call Reestablishment Feature

Parameter Description
Issue 03
Date 2015-03-30
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2015. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Trademarks and Permissions
and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.
Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the
purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,
and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations
of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Address: Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China
Website: http://www.huawei.com
Email: support@huawei.com
Issue 03 (2015-03-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential i

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
Call Reestablishment Feature Parameter Description Contents
Contents
1 About This Document..................................................................................................................1

1.1 Scope..............................................................................................................................................................................1
1.2 Intended Audience..........................................................................................................................................................1
1.3 Change History...............................................................................................................................................................1
1.4 Differences Between Base Station Types.......................................................................................................................5
2 Overview.........................................................................................................................................7
2.1 Introduction....................................................................................................................................................................7
2.2 Benefits...........................................................................................................................................................................7
2.3 Architecture....................................................................................................................................................................7
3 Uplink RL Out of Synchronization..........................................................................................13

3.1 Uplink RL Out of Synchronization Detection..............................................................................................................13
3.1.1 Detection Principle....................................................................................................................................................13
3.1.2 Switches for Call Reestablishment Triggered by an RL Out-of-Synchronization Problem......................................14
3.2 Call Reestablishment....................................................................................................................................................15
3.2.1 Triggering..................................................................................................................................................................16
3.2.2 Implementation..........................................................................................................................................................18
3.2.3 CELL_DCH-to-CELL_PCH Reconfiguration and Reestablishment........................................................................20
4 SRB Reset......................................................................................................................................22
4.1 SRB Reset Detection....................................................................................................................................................22
4.1.2 Switches for Call Reestablishment Triggered by an SRB Reset...............................................................................22
4.2.1 Triggering..................................................................................................................................................................24
4.2.2 Implementation..........................................................................................................................................................25
5 TRB Reset......................................................................................................................................26
5.1 TRB Reset Detection....................................................................................................................................................26
5.1.2 Switches for Call Reestablishment Triggered by a TRB Reset.................................................................................26
5.2.1 Triggering..................................................................................................................................................................27
5.2.2 Implementation..........................................................................................................................................................27
Issue 03 (2015-03-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ii

WCDMA RAN
5.2.3 CELL_DCH-to-CELL_PCH Reconfiguration and Reestablishment........................................................................28
6 Air-Interface Process Timeout..................................................................................................29

6.1 Air-Interface Process Timeout Detection.....................................................................................................................29
6.1.1 Radio Bearer Setup Timeout.....................................................................................................................................29
6.1.2 Radio Bearer Release Timeout of PS Services..........................................................................................................34
6.1.3 Radio Bearer Reconfiguration Timeout....................................................................................................................37
6.1.4 Physical Channel Reconfiguration Timeout..............................................................................................................39
6.1.5 Security Mode Setup Timeout...................................................................................................................................40
7 Air-interface Process Overlap...................................................................................................43

7.1 Air-Interface Process Overlap Detection......................................................................................................................43
7.1.1 Radio Bearer Setup Overlap......................................................................................................................................43
7.1.2 Radio Bearer Release Overlap of PS Services..........................................................................................................45
7.1.3 Radio Bearer Reconfiguration Overlap.....................................................................................................................46
7.1.4 Physical Channel Reconfiguration Overlap..............................................................................................................47
7.1.5 Security Mode Setup Overlap....................................................................................................................................48
7.1.6 Soft Handover Procedure Overlap.............................................................................................................................50
8 Related Features...........................................................................................................................51
8.1 Prerequisite Features.....................................................................................................................................................51
8.2 Mutually Exclusive Features........................................................................................................................................51
8.3 Impacted Features.........................................................................................................................................................51
9 Network Impact...........................................................................................................................52
9.1 System Capacity...........................................................................................................................................................52
9.2 Network Performance...................................................................................................................................................52
10 Engineering Guidelines...........................................................................................................54
10.1 When to Use Call Reestablishment............................................................................................................................54
10.2 Required Information.................................................................................................................................................54
10.3 Planning......................................................................................................................................................................55
10.4 Deployment................................................................................................................................................................55
10.4.1 Requirements...........................................................................................................................................................55
10.4.2 Data Preparation......................................................................................................................................................56
10.4.3 Activation................................................................................................................................................................62
10.4.4 Activation Observation............................................................................................................................................68
10.4.5 Deactivation.............................................................................................................................................................69
10.5 Performance Monitoring.............................................................................................................................................74
10.6 Parameter Optimization..............................................................................................................................................75
10.7 Troubleshooting..........................................................................................................................................................76
11 Parameters...................................................................................................................................77
Issue 03 (2015-03-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iii

WCDMA RAN
12 Counters....................................................................................................................................258
13 Glossary.....................................................................................................................................260
14 Reference Documents.............................................................................................................261
Issue 03 (2015-03-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iv

WCDMA RAN
Call Reestablishment Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document
1 About This Document
1.1 Scope
This document describes the WRFD-140103 Call Reestablishment, including its technical
principles, related features, network impact, and engineering guidelines.
This document applies to the following NE types.
NE Type NE Model
RNC BSC6900, BSC6910
NodeB Macro 3900 series macro base stations: BTS3900, BTS3900A,

BTS3900L, BTS3900AL, DBS3900, BTS3900C
3800 series macro base stations: DBS3800, BTS3812E,
BTS3812AE
Micro BTS3803E, BTS3902E
LampSite DBS3900 LampSite
1.2 Intended Audience

This document is intended for personnel who:
l Need to understand the features described herein

l Work with Huawei products
1.3 Change History

This section provides information about the changes in different document versions. There are
two types of changes, which are defined as follows:
Issue 03 (2015-03-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 1

WCDMA RAN
l Feature change
Changes in features of a specific product version
l Editorial change
Changes in wording or addition of information that was not described in the earlier version
RAN16.0 03 (2015-03-30)
This issue includes the following changes.
Change Change Description Parameter Change

Type
Feature Switches are added to control the Added the following

change following functions independently: parameters:
l Call reestablishment during CS RAB l RsvSwitch5
setup (BSC6900,BSC6910):
l Call reestablishment during PS RAB RESERVED_SWITCH_5
setup _BIT23
For details, see the following sections: l RsvSwitch5

(BSC6900,BSC6910):
l 4.1.2 Switches for Call RESERVED_SWITCH_5
Reestablishment Triggered by an _BIT24
SRB Reset
l 6.1.1 Radio Bearer Setup Timeout
l 7.1.1 Radio Bearer Setup Overlap
Optimized the call reestablishment Added

mechanism during RAB setup and RB RESERVED_SWITCH_16_B
reconfiguration. For details, see the IT26 under the RsvSwitch16
following sections: (BSC6900,BSC6910).
l 7.1.1 Radio Bearer Setup Overlap
l 7.1.3 Radio Bearer Reconfiguration
Overlap
The switch is added to control the Added

function of call reestablishment triggered RESERVED_SWITCH_16_B
by a CELL UPDATE message reported IT30 under the RsvSwitch16
by the UE. For details, see 2.3 (BSC6900,BSC6910).
Architecture.
Added the following function: RNC can Added

process the CELL UPDATE message RESERVED_SWITCH_16_B
reported by a UE from another cell when IT27 under the RsvSwitch16
the RNC waits for the UE's response to (BSC6900,BSC6910).
the CELL UPDATE CONFIRM
message. For details, see 2.3
Architecture.

WCDMA RAN

Type
Added the following scenario for Added

triggering call reestablishment when air- RESERVED_SWITCH_16_B
interface procedures overlap: If the RNC IT25 under the RsvSwitch16
does not receive the ACTIVE SET (BSC6900,BSC6910).
UPDATE COMPLETE message after
sending the ACTIVE SET UPDATE
message, call reestablishment is
triggered. For details, see section 7.1.6
Soft Handover Procedure Overlap.
Editorial Reorganized the information in chapter 7 None

change Air-interface Process Overlap
RAN16.0 02 (2014-09-15)

Type
Feature Added the CELL_DCH-to-CELL_PCH Added

change reconfiguration and reestablishment function. RESERVED_SWITCH_1
For details, see the following sections: 0_BIT19 to the
l 3.2.3 CELL_DCH-to-CELL_PCH RsvSwitch10
Reconfiguration and Reestablishment (BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter.
l 5.2.3 CELL_DCH-to-CELL_PCH
Reconfiguration and Reestablishment
l 10.4.3 Activation
Added technical descriptions of the scenario Added the following

where the RNC receives an SRNS CONTEXT parameters:
REQUEST message during the call l RsvSwitch10
reestablishment procedure. For details, see 7.2 (BSC6900,BSC6910):
Call Reestablishment. RESERVED_SWITC
H_10_BIT12
l RsvSwitch10
(BSC6900,BSC6910):
RESERVED_SWITC
H_10_BIT11
Editorial None None

change

WCDMA RAN
RAN16.0 01 (2014-04-30)

Type
Feature None None

change
Editorial Optimized descriptions in the following sections: None

change l 3.2.2 Implementation
l 10.2 Required Information
Optimized figures in chapter 6 Air-Interface None

Process Timeout.
Optimized descriptions of MML Command None

Example in section 10.4.3 Activation.
RAN16.0 Draft A (2014-01-20)

Compared with Issue 03 (2013-09-30) of RAN15.0, Draft A (2014-01-20) of RAN16.0 includes
the following changes.

Type
Feature Added the method of monitoring Added the StatisticTmrAfterRlReEst

change the number of CS RABs that are (BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
released due to call
reestablishments. For details, see
section Number of Released CS
RABs.
Added the restriction that UEs Added the following switch and
with certain parameter settings are parameter:
prohibited from reestablishing l SpecUserFunctionSwitch4
services on the FACH. For details, (BSC6900,BSC6910):
see section "2.3 Architecture." SPECUSER_REEST_TO_FACH_
LIMITATION
l TAC_FUNC(BSC6900,BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN

Type
Optimized the call Added the following switch and

reestablishment triggered by parameter:
timeout of the radio bearer (RB) l OptimizationSwitch4
setup process. For details, see (BSC6900,BSC6910):
section "6.1.1 Radio Bearer ASYN_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITC
Setup Timeout." H
l RbSetupRspTmr
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Optimized the call Added the following switches:

reestablishment triggered by l OptimizationSwitch4
timeout of the RB reconfiguration (BSC6900,BSC6910):
process. For details, see section RB_RLREEST_AM_TRB_OPT_S
"6.1.3 Radio Bearer WITCH
Reconfiguration Timeout."
l OptimizationSwitch4
(BSC6900,BSC6910):
RB_SETUP_RLREEST_UM_TRB
_OPT_SWITCH
This feature can be batch activated None

using the CME. For details, see
section Using the CME (Method
1).
Editorial None None

change
1.4 Differences Between Base Station Types

Feature Support by Macro, Micro, and LampSite Base Stations
Feature Descripti Supported by Supporte Supported by Micro LampSit
ID on Controller(Y/N/NA) d by (Y/N/NA) e
Macro
BSC690 BSC691 (Y/N/ BTS380 BTS390
0 0 NA) 3E 2E
WRFD- Call Y Y Y Y Y Y
140103 Reestabl
ishment
NOTE
Y indicates that a feature is supported; N indicates that a feature is not supported; NA indicates that an NE is
not involved, that is, a feature does not require the support of the NE.

WCDMA RAN
The features described in this document are implemented in the same way on macro, micro, and
LampSite base stations.

WCDMA RAN
Call Reestablishment Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview
2 Overview
2.1 Introduction
Call reestablishment is a function by which radio links (RLs) are reestablished when a service
interruption or an access failure occurs in temporary coverage holes and in tunnels, elevators,
and buildings that cause significant signal quality fluctuation.
Call reestablishment can be initiated by a UE or the RAN.
l Call reestablishment initiated by a UE: The UE sends a call reestablishment request to the
network to restore services upon detecting a downlink RL out-of-synchronization problem
or a signaling radio bearer (SRB) reset.
l Call reestablishment initiated by the RAN: After the RAN detects a service interruption or
an access failure (possibly due to a signaling radio bearer (SRB) reset or an uplink RL out-
of-synchronization problem) before the UE does, the RAN stops the UE's downlink RL
sets to enable the UE to detect downlink RL out-of-synchronization problem as soon as
possible. Upon detecting a downlink RL out-of-synchronization problem, the UE sends a
call reestablishment request to the RAN to restore services.
This document describes only call reestablishment initiated by the RAN.
2.2 Benefits
Call reestablishment initiated by the RAN improves user experience.
2.3 Architecture
Causes That Can Trigger Call Reestablishment
The causes that can trigger call reestablishment after a service interruption or an access failure
are as follows:
l RL out-of-synchronization problem
l SRB reset

WCDMA RAN
l Air-interface process timeout

l Air-interface process overlap
l PS TRB reset
Processes That Can Trigger Call Reestablishment

The preceding causes are involved in the following processes:
l Soft handover
l Physical channel reconfiguration
– Physical channel reconfiguration during hard handovers
– Physical channel reconfiguration for the starting of the compressed mode
– Physical channel reconfiguration during code tree reshuffling
– Physical channel reconfiguration during serving cell updates
– Physical channel reconfiguration for adjustments of the UE Rx-Tx timing
– Physical channel reconfiguration during power adjustments for HSUPA channels
l Inter-RAT handover
l RB setup
l RB release
l RB reconfiguration
l Measurement control command issuing
l PS data transmission
l Security mode setup
Before releasing RLs due to any of the causes, the RAN detects the service interruption or access
failure and initiates call reestablishment.
Mapping Between Service Types, Triggering Processes, and Triggering Causes

Table 2-1 provides the mapping between service types, triggering processes, and triggering
causes.
Table 2-1 Mapping between service types, triggering processes, and triggering causes
Service Type Triggering Process Triggering Cause
CS/PS Soft handover l RL out-of-

synchronization
problem
l SRB reset
l Air-interface
process timeout

WCDMA RAN
Physical channel Hard handover l RL out-of-

reconfiguration synchronization
problem
l SRB reset
l Air-interface
process timeout
Compressed mode l RL out-of-

setup synchronization
problem
l SRB reset
l Air-interface
process timeout
Code tree reshuffling l RL out-of-

synchronization
problem
l SRB reset
l Air-interface
process timeout
(CS only)
l Air-interface
process overlap
(CS only)
Serving cell update l RL out-of-

synchronization
problem
l SRB reset
l Air-interface
process timeout
l Air-interface
process overlap
Adjustments of the l RL out-of-

UE Rx-Tx timing synchronization
problem
l SRB reset
l Air-interface
process timeout
(CS only)
l Air-interface
process overlap
(CS only)

WCDMA RAN
Inter-RAT handover l RL out-of-

synchronization
problem
l SRB reset
l Air-interface
process timeout
RB setup l RL out-of-
synchronization
problem
l SRB reset
l Air-interface
process timeout
l Air-interface
process overlap
RB reconfiguration l RL out-of-
synchronization
problem
l SRB reset
l Air-interface
process timeout
l Air-interface
process overlap
Measurement control command issuing l SRB reset

l RL out-of-
synchronization
problem
l Air-interface
process timeout
Security mode setup l RL out-of-

synchronization
problem
l SRB reset
l Air-interface
process timeout
l Air-interface
process overlap

WCDMA RAN
PS Power adjustments for HSUPA channels l RL out-of-

synchronization
problem
l SRB reset
l Air-interface
process timeout
l Air-interface
process overlap
PS service data transmission TRB reset
RB release l RL out-of-
synchronization
problem
l SRB reset
l Air-interface
process timeout
l Air-interface
process overlap
NOTE
The cause "RL out-of-synchronization problem" can trigger call reestablishment in processes not listed in
Table 2-1. The other causes can trigger call reestablishment only in processes listed in Table 2-1.
After you select RESERVED_SWITCH_16_BIT30 under the RsvSwitch16(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter, the RNC performs call reestablishment after receiving a CELL UPDATE message from a UE
with the cause value Radio Link Failure or RLC Unrecoverable Error as a response to one of the following
messages delivered by the RNC:
When RESERVED_SWITCH_16_BIT27 under the RsvSwitch16(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set
to 1, if the RNC receives a CELL UPDATE message (with a cause value of Radio Link Failure or RLC
Unrecoverable Error) from a UE in another cell while waiting for the UE's response to the CELL UPDATE
CONFIRM message (not carrying radio bearer), the RNC re-sends a CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message
to initiate call reestablishment.
Service/Process/Cause Switches of Call Reestablishment

Call reestablishment is controlled by the following switches:
l Service switches
Service switches include a CS service switch and a PS service switch. Enable a service
switch before enabling a process or cause switch.
l Process switches
Each triggering process listed in Table 2-1 has a switch.
l Cause switches
Only the "RL out-of-synchronization problem," "SRB reset," and "air-interface process
overlap" causes have a switch.

WCDMA RAN
Call reestablishment can be triggered only when required switches are enabled. For details about
service/process/cause switches of call reestablishment, see descriptions in the follow-up
chapters.
A UE can only reestablish a service on the DCH instead of the FACH if related parameters for
the UE are set as follows:
l The TAC_FUNC(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to Special_User_Enhance.

l SPECUSER_REEST_TO_FACH_LIMITATION under the
SpecUserFunctionSwitch4(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to on.
NOTE
If RL_REEST_PS_ON_FACH_SWITCH under theOptimizationSwitch3 parameter is set to on, a single

PS service is reconfigured with a FACH during call reestablishment, regardless of which cause triggers
call reestablishment and which process is involved. Reconfiguring PS services with FACHs may cause
congestions in the FACHs, resulting in an increase of the service drop rate on common channels.

WCDMA RAN
Call Reestablishment Feature Parameter Description 3 Uplink RL Out of Synchronization
3 Uplink RL Out of Synchronization
3.1 Uplink RL Out of Synchronization Detection
3.1.1 Detection Principle

The NodeB monitors uplink RL quality. If the number of "out-sync" indications received by the
NodeB reaches the value of the NOUTSYNCIND(BSC6910,BSC6900) parameter, the NodeB
starts the TRlFailure(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer. How the detection process continues depends
on the situation:
l If the number of "in-sync" indications received by the NodeB reaches the value of the
NINSYNCIND(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter before the TRlFailure
(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer expires, the NodeB stops and resets the TRlFailure
(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer.
l If the number of "in-sync" indications received by the NodeB does not reach the value of
the NINSYNCIND(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter before the TRlFailure
(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer expires, the NodeB considers that an RL out-of-
synchronization problem has occurred and identifies the RL set where the problem is
located. (An RL set contains all the RLs of a UE under a NodeB.)
NOTE
The higher the value of the NOUTSYNCIND(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter, the harder it will be for RL
out-of-synchronization problems to be triggered. The higher the value of the NINSYNCIND
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter, the harder it will be for RLs to be synchronized. If either parameter is set
to a high value, RLs may stay on the verge of RL out-of-synchronization problem for a long time, and user
experience will be poor for both CS and PS services. Set NOUTSYNCIND(BSC6900,BSC6910) to a value
smaller than the default one and NINSYNCIND(BSC6900,BSC6910) to a value higher than the default
one. This way, RL out-of-synchronization problems are easily triggered for call reestablishment to improve
user experience.
The default value of NOUTSYNCIND(BSC6900,BSC6910) is 50 and NINSYNCIND
(BSC6900,BSC6910) is 5.
When a UE's uplink RL sets are all out of synchronization, the events that occur depend on the
situation:

WCDMA RAN
l If the call reestablishment function is not enabled, the call drops or the UE access finally
fails.
l If the call reestablishment function is enabled, the RNC activates a synchronization timer.
Table 3-1 shows the mapping between services, OptimizationSwitch

(BSC6900,BSC6910):RL_RESTORE_SWITCH switch status, and synchronization timers.
Table 3-1 Mapping between services, OptimizationSwitch:RL_RESTORE_SWITCH status,

and synchronization timers
Service OptimizationSwitch Synchronization Timer

(BSC6900,BSC6910):
RL_RESTORE_SWITCH
Switch Status
CS services Off RlRstrTmr

(BSC6900,BSC6910)
On T313(BSC6900,BSC6910)
PS services Off RlRstrTmr

(BSC6900,BSC6910)
On RlRstrTmr
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
If the NodeB does not detect uplink RL synchronization before the timer expires, call
reestablishment is initiated.
NOTE
Enable the OptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910):RL_RESTORE_SWITCH switch for CS services

so that uplink and downlink RLs are monitored by the same synchronization timer.
When the OptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910):RL_RESTORE_SWITCH switch is enabled, the
synchronization timer used to initiate RL establishment is RlRstrTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910). The T313
(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer is used only when the UE's RL sets are all out of synchronization.
3.1.2 Switches for Call Reestablishment Triggered by an RL Out-of-

Synchronization Problem
To enable the call reestablishment function triggered by an RL out-of-synchronization problem,
enable the service, process, and cause switches listed in Table 3-2.

WCDMA RAN
Table 3-2 Switches for call reestablishment triggered by an RL out-of-synchronization problem
Service Switch Process Switch Cause Switch
OptimizationSwitch l Inter-RAT handover is controlled by OptimizationS-

(BSC6900, PROCESSSWITCH4 witch
BSC6910): (BSC6900,BSC6910):IRATHO_HOCAN (BSC6900,
CS_RL_SETUP_S CEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH. BSC6910):
WITCH l Active set update is controlled by RLFAIL_RL_SE
OptimizationSwitch TUP_SWITCH
OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910):ASU_RL_RESET_
(BSC6900,
SWITCH.
BSC6910):
Physical channel reconfiguration is
PS_RL_SETUP_S
controlled by PROCESSSWITCH4
WITCH
(BSC6900,BSC6910):PHY_RECFG_RE
EST_SWITCH.
l The RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH
under the OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter controls
whether call reestablishment can be
triggered by radio bearer reconfiguration
timeout during the DCCC procedure.
l The
NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_
SWITCH under the ImprovementSwitch
triggered by radio bearer reconfiguration
timeout during procedures other than DCCC.
l The SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH under
the ImprovementSwitch
triggered by security mode setup timeout.
Enabling a process switch allows RL out-of-synchronization problems to trigger call

reestablishment in the related process. However, RL out-of-synchronization problems can
trigger call reestablishment in processes that are not controlled by the process switches
mentioned in this document.
NOTE
The service switch for CS+PS combined services is the same as that for CS services.
When call reestablishment is triggered for CS+PS combined services, calls are reestablished for both CS
and PS services.
3.2 Call Reestablishment

WCDMA RAN
3.2.1 Triggering
Call reestablishment triggered by an uplink RL out-of-synchronization problem can be
performed under the same RNC or under different RNCs over the Iur interface.
Under the Same RNC

As mentioned in section 3.1 Uplink RL Out of Synchronization Detection, if the NodeB does
not detect uplink RL synchronization before the RlRstrTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) or T313
(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer expires, the RNC sends to the NodeB the Radio Link Activation
Command message containing the information element (IE) "deactivate." Upon receiving the
message, the NodeB stops downlink power transmission for the UE's RL sets. Then, the RNC
starts the timers for call reestablishment (CSRLReEstCellUpdateTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910)
timer for CS services and PSRLReEstCellUpdateTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer for PS
services).
l If the RNC does not receive the Cell Update message from the UE before the timers expire,
the call drops or UE access fails.
l If the RNC receives the Cell Update message from the UE before the timers expire, the
RNC stops the timers and initiates call reestablishment.
Figure 3-1 shows the signaling procedure for call reestablishment triggered by an uplink RL
out-of-synchronization problem under the same RNC.

WCDMA RAN
Figure 3-1 Call reestablishment triggered by an uplink RL out-of-synchronization problem

under the same RNC
Under Different RNCs over the Iur Interface

Call reestablishment under different RNCs is controlled by thePROCESSSWITCH4
(BSC6900,BSC6910):IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH.
Figure 3-2 shows the signaling procedure for call reestablishment triggered by an uplink RL
failure under different RNCs over the Iur interface.

WCDMA RAN
Figure 3-2 Call reestablishment triggered by an uplink RL out-of-synchronization problem

under different RNCs over the Iur interface
Call reestablishment triggered by an uplink RL out-of-synchronization problem under the same

RNC is similar to that triggered by an uplink RL out-of-synchronization problem under different
RNCs. The main differences between the two processes are as follows:
l In the former process, the RNC sends the Radio Link Activation Command to the NodeB.
l In the latter process, the SRNC sends the Radio Link Deletion Request message to the
DRNC, and upon receiving the Radio Link Deletion Response message from the NodeB,
the DRNC waits for the UE's Cell Update message.
In Figure 3-2, NodeB (Cell A) is under the SRNC and NodeB (Cell B) is under the DRNC.
Before the uplink RL out-of-synchronization problem, the UE has established an RL with each
NodeB. After the uplink RL out-of-synchronization problem, the UE attempts to establish a new
RL only with NodeB (Cell B).
3.2.2 Implementation
Figure 3-3 shows how call establishment is implemented.

WCDMA RAN
Figure 3-3 Flowchart for call reestablishment
The call reestablishment process is implemented as follows:
1. After the NodeB stops downlink power transmission for a UE's RLs, the UE starts the T313
(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer if the number of "out-sync" indications received consecutively
from Layer 1 reaches the value of the N313(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.

WCDMA RAN
NOTE
The higher the value of the N313(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter, the harder it will be for the UE to
detect an RL out-of-synchronization problem and the longer the UE may stay on the verge of RL
out-of-synchronization problem.
2. If the number of "in-sync" indications received consecutively from Layer 1 does not reach
the value of the N315(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter before the T313
(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer expires, the UE transmits the Cell Update message with the
cause value "Radio Link Failure" to the RNC for call reestablishment. Meanwhile, the UE
starts the T302(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer as well as the T314(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer
for CS services or the T315(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer for PS services.
3. If the UE does not receive the Cell Update Confirm message from the RAN side after the
T302(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer expires, the UE retransmits the Cell Update message until
the T314(BSC6900,BSC6910)/T315(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer expires: (The number of
retransmissions is determined by the value of the T302(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.)
l If faulty RLs are restored before T314(BSC6900,BSC6910)/T315(BSC6900,BSC6910)
expires, the call reestablishment is successful. Interrupted services are restored or UE access
succeeds.
l If faulty RLs are not restored before T314(BSC6900,BSC6910)/T315
(BSC6900,BSC6910) expires, the call reestablishment fails. Services are released or UE
access fails.
NOTE
Set the T313(BSC6900,BSC6910), N313(BSC6900,BSC6910), N315(BSC6900,BSC6910), and T314

(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameters so that UEs can quickly detect RL out-of-synchronization problem.
Set the timer for RAB assignment on the CN side during call reestablishment to a value greater than the
RB setup response timer (RbSetupRspTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910)) plus the timer
CSRLReEstCellUpdateTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) (for CS services) or PSRLReEstCellUpdateTmr
(BSC6900,BSC6910) (for PS services).
Set the security mode response timer on the CN side to a value greater than the security mode timer
(RRCSECRTMODECMPTMR(BSC6900,BSC6910)) plus the timer T314(BSC6900,BSC6910) on the
RNC side.
Set the timer for a response to the Relocation Command message that is sent by the CN during inter-RAT
handovers to a value greater than the call reestablishment timer.
l For CS services, set the timer to a value greater than CSRLReEstCellUpdateTmr
(BSC6900,BSC6910).
l For PS services, set the timer to a value greater than PSRLReEstCellUpdateTmr
(BSC6900,BSC6910).
3.2.3 CELL_DCH-to-CELL_PCH Reconfiguration and

Reestablishment
When both the switch for triggering call reestablishment upon an RL out-of-synchronization
problem and the switch (RsvSwitch10(BSC6900,BSC6910):
RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT19) for triggering a CELL_DCH-to-CELL_PCH (D2P)
reconfiguration and reestablishment procedure upon an RL out-of-synchronization problem are
turned on and the following conditions are met for a fast-dormancy UE performing a single PS
service, a D2P state transition instead of a call reestablishment process is triggered for the UE.
l The network side receives the RADIO LINK FAILURE INDICATION message from the
NodeB.

WCDMA RAN
l Synchronization times out.

After a UE who has only one radio link receives a RADIO LINK FAILURE INDICATION
message, it waits for recovery of the radio link's synchronization. The timer used in this
case is specified by bits 24 to 31 of the RsvU32Para4(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in
the RNC MML command SET UALGORSVPARA.
After a UE who has multiple radio links receives a RADIO LINK FAILURE INDICATION
message, it waits for recovery of the radio links' synchronization. The timer used in this
case is specified by the value of the RlRstrTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910)parameter in the RNC
MML command SET USTATETIMER.
l The best cell is under the SRNC and there is no CS signaling.
The UE transits to the common channel. Then, according to the traffic volume, it transits to a
dedicated channel to finish the call reestablishment. If an SRB resets during the D2P state
transition, the call reestablishment is performed in the same way as that performed during an
SRB reset.
If there is data in the RLC buffer after the D2P state transition is successful, you can run the
RNC MML command SET UALGORSVPARA with RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT13
under RsvSwitch5(BSC6900,BSC6910) set to 0 and run the RNC MML command SET
URRCTRLSWITCH with F2P_DATATRANS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH under
PROCESSSWITCH4(BSC6900,BSC6910) set to 1 to send paging messages to the UE again.
CELL_DCH-to-CELL_PCH reconfiguration and reestablishment is not triggered for the

following blacklisted UEs:
l UEs for which FD_TAC_FORCE_D2F_SWITCH is set to 1

l UEs for which PCH_DISABLED_SWITCH is set to 1
l UEs for which SPECUSER_EFACH_DISABLED_SWITCH is set to 1
l UEs for which SPECUSER_ERACH_DISABLED_SWITCH is set to 1
l UEs for which RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT1 under RsvSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is
set to 1

WCDMA RAN
Call Reestablishment Feature Parameter Description 4 SRB Reset
4 SRB Reset
4.1 SRB Reset Detection

The RNC sends a message in acknowledged mode (AM) to a UE. However, the RNC does not
receive an ACK message from the UE before the number of SRB RLC PDU retransmissions
reaches the value of the NoDiscardMaxDAT(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter. If the
AMRlcDiscardMode(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to NO_DISCARD, the RNC
triggers an SRB reset and sends the Reset PDU message to the UE to reestablish RLC entities
on both sides. Then one of the following occurs:
l If the call reestablishment function is not enabled, the RNC sends the Iu Release Request
message to the core network.
l If the call reestablishment function is enabled, call reestablishment is triggered.
4.1.2 Switches for Call Reestablishment Triggered by an SRB Reset

To enable the call reestablishment function triggered by an SRB reset, enable the service,
process, and cause switches listed in Table 4-1.
Table 4-1 Switches for call reestablishment triggered by an SRB reset
OptimizationS- l Inter-RAT handover is controlled by OptimizationS-

witch PROCESSSWITCH4 witch
(BSC6900, (BSC6900,BSC6910):IRATHO_HOCANCE (BSC6900,
BSC6910): L_RL_REEST_SWITCH. BSC6910):
CS_RL_SETUP l Active set update by OptimizationSwitch SRB_RESET_RL
_SWITCH (BSC6900,BSC6910):ASU_RL_RESET_S _SETUP_SWITC
WITCH. H

WCDMA RAN
OptimizationS- l Measurement control is controlled by

witch OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900, (BSC6900,BSC6910):MC_RL_RESET_SW
BSC6910): ITCH.
PS_RL_SETUP l Physical channel reconfiguration is controlled
_SWITCH byPROCESSSWITCH4
(BSC6900,BSC6910):PHY_RECFG_REES
T_SWITCH.
l RB setup is controlled by
PROCESSSWITCH4
(BSC6900,BSC6910):RB_SETUP_RL_REE
ST_SWITCH and
RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWI
TCH.
– For CS services, RsvSwitch5
(BSC6900,BSC6910):
RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT23 is also
used.
– For PS services, RsvSwitch5
(BSC6900,BSC6910):
used.
l RB release is controlled by
PROCESSSWITCH4
(BSC6900,BSC6910):RB_REL_RL_REEST
_SWITCH. (This switch applies to a single PS
service or combined services that include PS
services.)
l RB Radio bearer reconfiguration during DCCC
is controlled by OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910):RB_RECFG_RL_RE
EST_SWITCH. (This switch applies to a
single PS service or combined services that
include PS services.)
l Radio bearer reconfiguration during procedures
other than DCCC is controlled by the
NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SW
ITCH under the ImprovementSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
l Security mode setup is controlled by the
SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH under the
ImprovementSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter.

WCDMA RAN
NOTE
The service switch for CS+PS combined services is the same as that for CS services.
When call reestablishment is triggered for CS+PS combined services, calls are reestablished for both CS
and PS services.
After you enable the process switch, change the length of the process timer so that call
reestablishment is more likely to be triggered by an SRB reset. Table 4-2 shows the mapping
between processes and timers.
Table 4-2 Mapping between processes and timers
Process Timer
Active set update HoAsuTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Physical channel reconfiguration HoPhychRecfgTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910)
RB setup RbSetupRspTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910)
RB reconfiguration during dynamic channel RbRecfgRspTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910)

configuration control (DCCC)
4.2.1 Triggering
Figure 4-1 shows the signaling procedure for call reestablishment triggered by an SRB reset.

WCDMA RAN
Figure 4-1 Call reestablishment triggered by an SRB reset
Except that the trigger cause is different, the process of call reestablishment triggered by an SRB
reset is the same as that triggered by an RL out-of-synchronization problem. For details, see
3.2.2 Implementation.

WCDMA RAN
Call Reestablishment Feature Parameter Description 5 TRB Reset
5 TRB Reset
5.1 TRB Reset Detection

The RNC sends an AM PDU to a UE initiating PS services in the CELL_DCH state. If the RNC
does not receive a response from the UE, a TRB reset is triggered. Then one of the following
occurs:
message to the core network and the UE's PS services are interrupted.
l If the call reestablishment function is enabled, the RNC does not send the Iu Release
Request message to the core network and call reestablishment is triggered. After the call
reestablishment, the UE is still in the CELL_DCH state if the
RL_REEST_PS_ON_FACH_SWITCH under the OptimizationSwitch3
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is turned off. If this switch is turned on, the UE moves to
the CELL_FACH state.
5.1.2 Switches for Call Reestablishment Triggered by a TRB Reset

To enable the call reestablishment function in this scenario, enable the service and process
switches listed in Table 5-1.
Table 5-1 Switches for call reestablishment triggered by a TRB reset
Service Switch Process Switch Cause

Switch
The PS service is controlled by PDU sending is controlled by None

OptimizationSwitch PROCESSSWITCH4
(BSC6900,BSC6910):PS_RL_SE (BSC6900,BSC6910):
TUP_SWITCH. TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITC
H.

WCDMA RAN
NOTE
Call reestablishment triggered by a TRB reset applies only to a single PS service of a UE in the CELL_DCH
state.
5.2.1 Triggering
Figure 5-1 shows the signaling procedure for call reestablishment triggered by a TRB reset.
Figure 5-1 Call reestablishment triggered by a TRB reset
Except that the trigger cause is different, the process of call reestablishment triggered by a TRB
reset is the same as that triggered by an RL out-of-synchronization problem. For details, see
section 3.2.2 Implementation.

WCDMA RAN
5.2.3 CELL_DCH-to-CELL_PCH Reconfiguration and

Reestablishment
The D2P reconfiguration and reestablishment procedure triggered for a fast-dormancy UE
performing a single PS service due to a TRB reset is the same as the same procedure triggered
by an RL failure, except that the triggering cause is different. For details, see 3.2.3 CELL_DCH-
to-CELL_PCH Reconfiguration and Reestablishment.

WCDMA RAN
Call Reestablishment Feature Parameter Description 6 Air-Interface Process Timeout
6 Air-Interface Process Timeout
6.1 Air-Interface Process Timeout Detection
6.1.1 Radio Bearer Setup Timeout

Radio bearer setup timeout occurs in the following scenarios:
l Scenario 1: The RNC sends the Radio Bearer Setup message to a UE but does not receive
an ACK message.
l Scenario 2: The RNC sends the Radio Bearer Setup message to a UE and receives an ACK
message. However, the RNC does not receive the Radio Bearer Setup Complete message
from the UE.
Scenario 1
The RNC sends the Radio Bearer Setup message to a UE but does not receive an ACK message
before the RbSetupRspTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer expires. The radio Bearer Setup fails
and either of the following occurs:
l If the call reestablishment function is not enabled, the RAN requests the UE to release the
Iu interface resources and the call drops.
l If the call reestablishment function is enabled, the RNC does not request the UE to release
the Iu interface resources but initiates call reestablishment.
In this scenario, the call reestablishment function is controlled by the service switch and process
switch, as described in Table 6-1.

WCDMA RAN
Table 6-1 Switches for call reestablishment triggered by radio bearer setup timeout in scenario
1

Switch
The CS service is controlled by The RB setup is controlled by None

(BSC6900,BSC6910):CS_RL_SET (BSC6900,BSC6910):
UP_SWITCH. RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH.
l For CS services, RsvSwitch5
The PS service is controlled by
(BSC6900,BSC6910):
OptimizationSwitch
RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT23 is
(BSC6900,BSC6910):PS_RL_SET
also used.
UP_SWITCH.
l For PS services, RsvSwitch5
(BSC6900,BSC6910):
RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT24 is
also used.
NOTE
l The service switch for CS+PS combined services is the same as that for CS services.
l When call reestablishment is triggered for CS+PS combined services, calls are reestablished for both
CS and PS services.
Figure 6-1 shows the signaling procedure for call reestablishment triggered by radio bearer setup
timeout in scenario 1.

WCDMA RAN
Figure 6-1 Call reestablishment triggered by radio bearer setup timeout in scenario 1
Scenario 2
The RNC sends the Radio Bearer Setup message to a UE and receives an ACK message.
However, the RNC does not receive the Radio Bearer Setup Complete message from the UE
before the RbSetupRspTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer expires. Then either of the following
occurs:
message to the core network and the call drops.
Request message to the core network but initiates call reestablishment.
switch, as described in Table 6-2.

WCDMA RAN
Table 6-2 Switches for call reestablishment triggered by radio bearer setup timeout in scenario
2

Switch
The CS service is controlled by RB setup is controlled by None

(BSC6900,BSC6910):CS_RL_ (BSC6900,BSC6910):RB_SETUP_RL_RE
SETUP_SWITCH. EST_SWITCH and PROCESSSWITCH4
(BSC6900,BSC6910):
The PS service is controlled by RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_S
OptimizationSwitch WITCH.
(BSC6900,BSC6910):PS_RL_
l For CS services, RsvSwitch5
SETUP_SWITCH.
(BSC6900,BSC6910):
used.
l For PS services, RsvSwitch5
(BSC6900,BSC6910):
used.
NOTE
CS and PS services.
switch, as described in Figure 6-2.

WCDMA RAN
Figure 6-2 Call reestablishment triggered by radio bearer setup timeout in scenario 2
If ASYN_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH under the OptimizationSwitch4

(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH is selected,
the call reestablishment process is the same as that in scenario 2 when the RAN has detected
data transmitted by the UE on the newly established link or the uplink synchronization of the
newly established link, or the ReconfigurationStatusIndicator IE in the Cell Update message
from the UE is set to True, as long as the following conditions are met:
l The RB setup is triggered by DRD.
l After RB setup, the channel that carries the SRB is not changed to another one. The Radio
Bearer Setup message has been delivered and the Radio Bearer Setup Complete message
has not been received.
l The radio bearer setup timer specified by RbSetupRspTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) expires,
which results in a failure in the radio bearer setup process.
During the fast RB reconfiguration, if the Radio Bearer Setup message has been delivered and
the RAN has detected data transmitted by the UE on the newly established link or the uplink
synchronization of the newly established link, or the ReconfigurationStatusIndicator IE in the

WCDMA RAN
Cell Update message from the UE is set to True, the call establishment process is the same as
that in scenario 2.
6.1.2 Radio Bearer Release Timeout of PS Services

Radio bearer release timeout occurs in the following scenarios:
l Scenario 1: The RNC sends the Radio Bearer Release message to a UE but does not receive
an ACK message.
l Scenario 2: The RNC sends the Radio Bearer Release message to a UE and receives an
ACK message. However, the RNC does not receive the Radio Bearer Release Complete
message from the UE.
NOTE
All the radio bearer releases mentioned in this section are releases of PS services
Scenario 1
The RNC sends the Radio Bearer Release message to a UE but does not receive an ACK message
before the RbRelRspTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer expires. Then either of the following
occurs:
Request message to the core network and call reestablishment is triggered.
To enable the call reestablishment function triggered by radio bearer release timeout, enable the
service and process switches listed in Table 6-3.
Table 6-3 Switches for call reestablishment triggered by radio bearer release timeout in scenario
1
The CS service is controlled RB release is controlled by None

by OptimizationSwitch PROCESSSWITCH4
(BSC6900,BSC6910):CS_R (BSC6900,BSC6910):
L_SETUP_SWITCH. RB_REL_RL_REEST_S
WITCH.
NOTE
l The call reestablishment function triggered by radio bearer release timeout applies only to CS+PS
combined services.
l When call reestablishment is triggered for CS+PS combined services, calls are reestablished only for
CS service.
Figure 6-3 shows the signaling procedure for call reestablishment triggered by radio bearer
release timeout in scenario 1.

WCDMA RAN
Figure 6-3 Call reestablishment triggered by radio bearer release timeout in scenario 1
Scenario 2
The RNC sends the Radio Bearer Release message to a UE and receives an ACK message.
However, the RNC does not receive the Radio Bearer Release Complete message from the UE
before the RbRelRspTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer expires. Then either of the following
occurs:
Request message to the core network and call reestablishment is triggered.

WCDMA RAN
Table 6-4 Switches for call reestablishment triggered by radio bearer release timeout in scenario
2
The CS service is controlled RB release is controlled by None

by OptimizationSwitch PROCESSSWITCH4
(BSC6900,BSC6910):CS_R (BSC6900,BSC6910):RB_
L_SETUP_SWITCH. REL_RL_REEST_SWITC
H.
NOTE
l The call reestablishment function triggered by radio bearer release timeout applies only to CS+PS
combined services.
CS and PS services.
release timeout in scenario 2.
Figure 6-4 Call reestablishment triggered by radio bearer release timeout in scenario 2

WCDMA RAN
6.1.3 Radio Bearer Reconfiguration Timeout

After sending a Radio Bear Reconfiguration message to a UE, the RNC starts a timer whose
length is determined by the RbRecfgRspTmr(BSC6910,BSC6900) parameter. If the RNC does
not receive a Radio Bearer Reconfiguration Complete message from the UE before the timer
expires, radio bearer reconfiguration timeout occurs. Then either of the following occurs:
l If the call reestablishment function is not enabled, the RNC sends an Iu Release Request
l If the call reestablishment function is enabled, the RNC does not send an Iu Release Request
message to the core network but initiates call reestablishment.
Table 6-5 Switches for call reestablishment triggered by radio bearer reconfiguration
timeout
Service Service Switch Process Switch Cause

Switch
CS CS_RL_SETUP_S The None

services WITCH under RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SW
OptimizationS- ITCH under the PROCESSSWITCH4
witch (BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter and
(BSC6900, the
BSC6910) RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITC
H under the OptimizationSwitch
PS PS_RL_SETUP_S (BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter
services WITCH under control whether call reestablishment
OptimizationS- can be triggered by the timeout of radio
witch bearer reconfiguration in the DCCC
(BSC6900, procedure. Call reestablishment can be
BSC6910) triggered by the timeout of radio bearer
reconfiguration in the DCCC
procedure only when these two
switches are enabled.
The
NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_RE
EST_SWITCH under the
ImprovementSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter
controls whether call reestablishment
can be triggered by the timeout of radio
bearer reconfiguration in procedures
other than DCCC.
NOTE
When call reestablishment is triggered for CS+PS combined services, calls are reestablished for both
CS and PS services.

WCDMA RAN
reconfiguration timeout.
Figure 6-5 Call reestablishment triggered by radio bearer reconfiguration timeout
If a call reestablishment procedure is triggered after an RB procedure (RAB setup,

reconfiguration, or release) fails, the response message may not be received, causing a
failure in configuration of TRB encryption. As a result, the user-plane transmission fails.
– TRB in acknowledged mode
For a TRB in acknowledged mode, the user plane transmission may fail after the call
reestablishment is complete if the call reestablishment is triggered by timeout of a RAB
setup, reconfiguration, or release procedure. To prevent the user-plane transmission
failure in this scenario, select RB_RLREEST_AM_TRB_OPT_SWITCH under the
OptimizationSwitch4(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the MML command SET
URRCTRLSWITCH.
– TRB in unacknowledged mode
For a TRB in unacknowledged mode, the user plane transmission may fail after the call
reestablishment is complete if the call reestablishment is triggered by timeout of a RAB
setup procedure. To prevent the user-plane transmission failure in this scenario, select

WCDMA RAN
RB_SETUP_RLREEST_UM_TRB_OPT_SWITCH under the

OptimizationSwitch4(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the MML command SET
URRCTRLSWITCH. After you select this switch, if an RB Setup Complete message
is not received, the TRB cannot be encrypted. Therefore, the RAB setup procedure ends,
and the call reestablishment procedure will not be triggered.
6.1.4 Physical Channel Reconfiguration Timeout

After sending a Physical Channel Reconfiguration message to a UE, the RNC starts a timer
whose length is determined by the HoPhychRecfgTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter that
applies to the UMTS BSC6900 and UMTS BSC6910. If the RNC does not receive a Physical
Channel Reconfiguration Complete message from the UE before the timer expires, physical
channel reconfiguration timeout occurs. Then either of the following occurs:
Table 6-6 Switches for call reestablishment triggered by physical channel reconfiguration
timeout

Switch
CS_RL_SETUP_SWIT The None

CH under OptimizationS- PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH
witch and
(BSC6900,BSC6910) PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_
SWITCH under the
PS_RL_SETUP_SWIT PROCESSSWITCH4
CH under OptimizationS- (BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter control
witch whether call reestablishment can be
(BSC6900,BSC6910) triggered by physical channel
reconfiguration timeout. Call
reestablishment can be triggered by
physical channel reconfiguration
timeout only when these two switches
are turned on.
NOTE
When call reestablishment is triggered for CS+PS combined services, calls are reestablished for both
CS and PS services.
Figure 6-6 shows the signaling procedure for call reestablishment triggered by physical channel
reconfiguration timeout.

WCDMA RAN
Figure 6-6 Call reestablishment triggered by physical channel reconfiguration timeout
6.1.5 Security Mode Setup Timeout

After sending a Security Mode Command message to a UE, the RNC starts a timer whose length
is determined by the RRCSECRTMODECMPTMR(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter. If the
RNC does not receive a Security Mode Complete message from the UE before the timer expires,
security mode setup timeout occurs. Then either of the following occurs:

WCDMA RAN
Table 6-7 Switches for call reestablishment triggered by security mode setup timeout

Switch
CS_RL_SETUP_SWIT The SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH under None

CH under OptimizationS- the ImprovementSwitch
witch (BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter controls
(BSC6900,BSC6910) whether call reestablishment can be
triggered by security mode setup timeout.
PS_RL_SETUP_SWIT
CH under OptimizationS-
witch
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
NOTE
Call reestablishment triggered by security mode setup timeout applies to scenarios where a UE has
set up a single service or combined services but the UE experiences a security mode setup failure
when attempting to set up another service.
Figure 6-7 shows the signaling procedure for call reestablishment triggered by security
mode setup timeout.

WCDMA RAN
Figure 6-7 Call reestablishment triggered by security mode setup timeout

Except that the trigger cause is different, the process of call reestablishment triggered by air-
interface process timeout is the same as that triggered by an RL out-of-synchronization problem.
For details, see 3.2.2 Implementation.

WCDMA RAN
Call Reestablishment Feature Parameter Description 7 Air-interface Process Overlap
7 Air-interface Process Overlap
7.1 Air-Interface Process Overlap Detection

The RNC sends a message to a UE, the RlRstrTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) or T313
(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer expires and an RL ut-of-synchronization problem occurs. For details
about whether to use the RlRstrTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) or T313(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer,
see 3.1 Uplink RL Out of Synchronization Detection.
The RNC initiates call reestablishment if the UE does not acknowledge the following messages
or the UE does not send the complete message to the RNC for the following message:
l Radio Bearer Setup

l Radio Bearer Release (for a PS service)
l Radio Bearer Reconfiguration
l Physical Channel Reconfiguration
l Security Mode Command
The signaling procedures are similar to those of air-interface process timeout. For details, see
6.1 Air-Interface Process Timeout Detection.
To enable the call reestablishment function in this scenario, enable the service, process, and
cause switches.
7.1.1 Radio Bearer Setup Overlap
Scenario 1: No Acknowledgement Message

Table 7-1 lists the switches for call reestablishment triggered when the RNC does not receive
the ACK of the Radio Bearer Setup message from the UE.

WCDMA RAN
Table 7-1 Switches for call reestablishment triggered by air-interface process overlap in scenario
1 (ACK of the Radio Bearer Setup message is not received.)
The CS service is controlled The RB setup is controlled by OptimizationSwitch

by OptimizationSwitch PROCESSSWITCH4 (BSC6900,BSC6910):
(BSC6900,BSC6910):CS_R (BSC6900,BSC6910): RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SW
L_SETUP_SWITCH. RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_ ITCH
SWITCH.
The PS service is controlled
l For CS services,
by OptimizationSwitch
RsvSwitch5
(BSC6900,BSC6910):PS_R
(BSC6900,BSC6910):
L_SETUP_SWITCH.
RESERVED_SWITCH
_5_BIT23 is also used.
l For PS services,
RsvSwitch5
(BSC6900,BSC6910):
RESERVED_SWITCH
NOTE
CS and PS services.
l When RESERVED_SWITCH_16_BIT26 under the RsvSwitch16(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is
set to 1, the RNC regards an RB setup during the call reestablishment as successful when the following
conditions are met:
- The UE sends a CELL UPDATE or UPLINK SIGNALLING TRANSFER INDICATION message
to the RNC during the RB setup procedure in the CELL_DCH state.
- The message contains the Reconfiguration Status Indicator IE with the value "True."
Scenario 2: No Complete Message after the ACK message

Table 7-2 lists the switches for call reestablishment triggered when the RNC receives the ACK
of the Radio Bearer Setup message but not the Radio Bearer Setup Complete message from the
UE.
2 (ACK of the Radio Bearer Setup message is received.)
The CS service is controlled RB setup is controlled by OptimizationSwitch

by OptimizationSwitch PROCESSSWITCH4 (BSC6900,BSC6910):
(BSC6900,BSC6910):CS_R (BSC6900,BSC6910):RB_S RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SW
L_SETUP_SWITCH. ETUP_RL_REEST_SWIT ITCH
CH and
PROCESSSWITCH4

WCDMA RAN
The PS service is controlled (BSC6900,BSC6910):

byOptimizationSwitch RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_
(BSC6900,BSC6910):PS_R RL_REEST_SWITCH.
L_SETUP_SWITCH. l For CS services,
RsvSwitch5
(BSC6900,BSC6910):
RESERVED_SWITCH
l For PS services,
RsvSwitch5
(BSC6900,BSC6910):
RESERVED_SWITCH
NOTE
CS and PS services.
7.1.2 Radio Bearer Release Overlap of PS Services
Scenario 1: No Acknowledgement Message

the ACK of the Radio Bearer Release message from the UE. This call reestablishment applies
only to CS+PS combined services.
1 (ACK of the Radio Bearer Release message is not received.)
The CS service is RB release is controlled by OptimizationSwitch

controlled by PROCESSSWITCH4 (BSC6900,BSC6910):
OptimizationSwitch (BSC6900,BSC6910): RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SW
(BSC6900,BSC6910):CS_ RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWI ITCH
RL_SETUP_SWITCH. TCH.
NOTE
CS and PS services.

WCDMA RAN
Scenario 2: No Complete Message after the ACK message

Table 7-4 lists the switches for call reestablishment triggered when the RNC receives the ACK
of the Radio Bearer Release message but not the Radio Bearer Release Complete message from
the UE. This call reestablishment applies only to CS+PS combined services.
2 (ACK of the Radio Bearer Release message is received.)
The CS service is controlled RB release is controlled OptimizationSwitch

by OptimizationSwitch byPROCESSSWITCH4 (BSC6900,BSC6910):
(BSC6900,BSC6910): (BSC6900,BSC6910): RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SW
CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH RB_REL_RL_REEST_S ITCH
. WITCH.
NOTE
CS and PS services.
7.1.3 Radio Bearer Reconfiguration Overlap

the ACK of the Radio Bearer Reconfiguration message from the UE for a single PS service.
1 (ACK of the Radio Bearer Reconfiguration message for a single PS service is not received.)
The PS service is controlled RB reconfiguration is OptimizationSwitch

by OptimizationSwitch controlled by (BSC6900,BSC6910):
(BSC6900,BSC6910):PS_R OptimizationSwitch RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SW
L_SETUP_SWITCH. (BSC6900,BSC6910):RB_ ITCH
RECFG_RL_REEST_SW
ITCH.
the ACK of the Radio Bearer Reconfiguration message for CS+PS combined services.

WCDMA RAN
1 (ACK of the Radio Bearer Reconfiguration message for CS+PS combined services is not
received.)
The CS service is controlled RB reconfiguration is OptimizationSwitch

by OptimizationSwitch controlled by (BSC6900,BSC6910):
(BSC6900,BSC6910):CS_R OptimizationSwitch RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SW
L_SETUP_SWITCH. (BSC6900,BSC6910):RB_ ITCH
RECFG_RL_REEST_SW
ITCH.
NOTE
CS and PS services.
l When RESERVED_SWITCH_16_BIT26 under the RsvSwitch16(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is
set to 1, the RNC regards an RB reconfiguration during the call reestablishment as successful when
the following conditions are met:
- The UE sends a CELL UPDATE or UPLINK SIGNALLING TRANSFER INDICATION message
to the RNC during the RB setup procedure in the CELL_DCH state.
- The message contains the Reconfiguration Status Indicator IE with the value "True."
7.1.4 Physical Channel Reconfiguration Overlap

Table 7-7 lists the switches for call reestablishment triggered when the UE does not send the
RNC a Physical Channel Reconfiguration Complete message for a single PS service.
Table 7-7 Switches for call reestablishment triggered when the UE does not send the RNC a
Physical Channel Reconfiguration Complete message for a single PS service
Service Service Switch Process Switch Cause Switch
PS services PS_RL_SETUP_S The RLFAIL_RL_SET

WITCH under PHY_RECFG_RE UP_SWITCH under
OptimizationSwitch EST_SWITCH OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910 under the (BSC6900,BSC6910
) PROCESSSWITCH )
4
(BSC6900,BSC6910
) parameter controls
whether call
reestablishment can
be triggered when
physical channel
reconfiguration
overlaps cell update.

WCDMA RAN
RNC a Physical Channel Reconfiguration Complete message for CS+PS combined services.
Physical Channel Reconfiguration Complete message for CS+PS combined service
CS+PS combined CS_RL_SETUP_S The RLFAIL_RL_SET

services WITCH under PHY_RECFG_RE UP_SWITCH under
OptimizationSwitch EST_SWITCH OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910 under the (BSC6900,BSC6910
) PROCESSSWITCH )
4
(BSC6900,BSC6910
whether call
reestablishment can
be triggered when
physical channel
reconfiguration
NOTE
CS and PS services.
l If RESERVED_SWITCH_16_BIT30 under the RsvSwitch16(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set
to 1, the RNC initiates call reestablishment when it sends DCCC configurations through a PHYSICAL
CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION message without receiving the PHYSICAL CHANNEL
RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE message from the UE.
7.1.5 Security Mode Setup Overlap

RNC a Security Mode Complete message. These switches apply to scenarios where the UE has
set up a PS service and attempts to set up a new service.

WCDMA RAN
Security Mode Complete message
PS services PS_RL_SETUP_S The RLFAIL_RL_SET

WITCH under SMC_RL_REEST_ UP_SWITCH under
OptimizationSwitch SWITCH under the OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910 ImprovementSwitch (BSC6900,BSC6910
) (BSC6900,BSC6910 )
whether call
reestablishment can
be triggered when
security mode setup
NOTE
CS and PS services.
RNC a Security Mode Complete message. These switches apply to scenarios where the UE has
set up a CS service and attempts to set up a new service.
Security Mode Complete message
CS services CS_RL_SETUP_S The OptimizationSwitch

WITCH under SMC_RL_REEST_ (BSC6900,BSC6910
OptimizationSwitch SWITCH under the ):
(BSC6900,BSC6910 ImprovementSwitch RLFAIL_RL_SET
) (BSC6900,BSC6910 UP_SWITCH
whether call
reestablishment can
be triggered when
security mode setup
NOTE
CS and PS services.

WCDMA RAN
7.1.6 Soft Handover Procedure Overlap

If the RNC does not receive the UE's response to the ACTIVE SET UPDATE message, it initiates
call reestablishment.
l If the ACTIVE SET UPDATE message indicates that only one link is to be added and the
RNC receives the CELL UPDATE or UPLINK SIGNALLING TRANSFER
INDICATION message before the UE responds to the ACTIVE SET UPDATE message,
the RNC initiates call reestablishment without being controlled by a switch.
l If the ACTIVE SET UPDATE message indicates that more than one link is to be added,
links are to be removed, or some links are to be added and some are to be removed, and
the RNC receives the CELL UPDATE or UPLINK SIGNALLING TRANSFER
INDICATION message before the UE responds to the ACTIVE SET UPDATE message,
the RNC initiates call reestablishment when RESERVED_SWITCH_16_BIT25 under
RsvSwitch16(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to 1. If this switch is set to 0, the RNC releases
the UE's RRC connection.

Except that the trigger cause is different, the process of call reestablishment triggered by air-
interface process overlap is the same as that triggered by an RL out-of-synchronization problem.
For details, see 3.2.2 Implementation.
When receiving an SRNS CONTEXT REQUEST message during a call reestablishment

procedure, the RNC performs as follows:
l If RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT12 under RsvSwitch10(BSC6900,BSC6910) in the

MML command SET UALGORSVPARA is set to 1, the RNC stops the call
reestablishment process and sends an SRNS CONTEXT RESPONSE message to the CN.
Then, the RNC waits for the IU RELEASE COMMAND message from the CN. The
subsequent process is as follows:
– If RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT11 under RsvSwitch10(BSC6900,BSC6910) in
the MML command SET UALGORSVPARA is set to 1 and the RNC has not received
the IU RELEASE COMMAND message after the timer expires, the RNC sends an IU
RELEASE REQUEST message to the CN with the cause value "Normal Release" and
performs a normal release.
– If RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT11 under RsvSwitch10(BSC6900,BSC6910) in
the MML command SET UALGORSVPARA is set to 0 and the RNC has not received
the IU RELEASE COMMAND message after the timer expires, the RNC sends an IU
RELEASE REQUEST message to the CN with the cause value "TRELOCoverall
expiry" and performs an abnormal release.
l If RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT12 under RsvSwitch10(BSC6900,BSC6910) in the
MML command SET UALGORSVPARA is set to 0, the RNC ignores the SRNS
CONTEXT REQUEST message and continues to wait for the cell update message from
the UE and finish the call reestablishment process.

WCDMA RAN
Call Reestablishment Feature Parameter Description 8 Related Features
8 Related Features
8.1 Prerequisite Features

None
8.2 Mutually Exclusive Features

None
8.3 Impacted Features

None

WCDMA RAN
Call Reestablishment Feature Parameter Description 9 Network Impact
9 Network Impact
9.1 System Capacity

No impact.
9.2 Network Performance

When the call reestablishment function is enabled in scenarios with weak coverage or significant
signal fluctuation, calls will be reestablished for UEs with service interruptions or access failures
that are caused by link failures or control/user plane faults. As a result, the call drop rate decreases
and the UE access success rate increases. The exact gains depend on the coverage of the live
network.
When a UE service is interrupted or the UE access fails, channel element (CE), code resources,
and power resources are released for the UE. After call reestablishment succeeds, the released
resources are re-occupied by the UE.
The call reestablishment function:
l Generally interrupts CS services for at least 4 seconds

l Does not affect network KPIs
l Affects CS user experience
l Slightly affects non-real-time PS user experience
When the call reestablishment function is enabled for the inter-RAT handover, the values of the
KPIs IRATHO.AttOutCS and IRATHO.AttOutPSUTRAN will increase and the handover
success rate also increases because inter-RAT handovers are initiated again after call
reestablishment is complete.
After the D2P reconfiguration and reestablishment algorithm is enabled, D2P state transition
attempts and successful D2P state transitions increase. Meanwhile, call drops or second RRC
connection setup attempts during CELL_DCH-to-CELL_PCH state transitions increase. That
is, the values of the following counters increase:
l VS.DCCC.D2P.Att

WCDMA RAN
Call Reestablishment Feature Parameter Description 9 Network Impact
l VS.DCCC.D2P.Succ
l VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS.D2P
l VS.RAB.NormRel.PS.UEReEst.CCHRelated

WCDMA RAN
Call Reestablishment Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines
10 Engineering Guidelines
10.1 When to Use Call Reestablishment

Use call reestablishment in temporary coverage holes and in tunnels, elevators, and buildings
that cause significant radio signal fluctuation.
10.2 Required Information

Before you enable this function, collect the following information:
l Causes of call drops or access failures and the number and proportion of times that UEs
are involved in the processes performed over the air interface
The following formulas are used to calculate the percentage of RABs that are released due
to any of the five causes (RL out of synchronization, SRB reset, PS TRB reset, air interface
process timeout, and air interface process overlapping) that may trigger call reestablishment
to all RABs that are abnormally released:
– For CS RAB releases, the following formula is used: (VS.RAB.AbnormRel.CS.RF/
VS.RAB.AbnormRel.CS) x 100%, where the VS.RAB.AbnormRel.CS.RF counter
indicates the number of CS RABs that are released due to the causes that may trigger
call reestablishment and the VS.RAB.AbnormRel.CS counter indicates the total number
of abnormally released CS RABs.
– For PS RAB releases, the following formula is used: (VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS.RF/
VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS) x 100%, where the VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS.RF counter
indicates the number of PS RABs that are released due to the causes that may trigger
call reestablishment and the VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS counter indicates the total number
of abnormally released PS RABs.
If the calculation result of either of the preceding formulas is greater than 30%, the Call
Reestablishment feature is recommended.
NOTE
To enable call reestablishment due to different trigger causes, processes, or service types, different
switches need to be turned on. When the calculation result of the formula for CS or PS services is
greater than 30%, it is recommended that all corresponding switches for CS or PS services be turned
on.

WCDMA RAN
l Whether RAB_SETUP_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH under the ImprovementSwitch

(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter has been set to ON.
If it is not set to on, it is recommended that you run the following command to set it to
ON:
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: ImprovementSwitch=RAB_SETUP_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH-1;
After this switch is set to ON, the RNC counts call reestablishment attempts that fail in the
following scenarios:
– Scenario 1: In the RAB setup process, the RNC delivers a RADIO BEARER SETUP
message to the UE but does not receive an ACK message from the UE. It initiates a call
reestablishment process but the process fails.
message to the UE but does not receive an ACK message from the UE. Instead, it
receives a cell update request with the cause value "radio link failure" or "RLC
Unrecoverable error" and the cell update process fails.
message to the UE and receives a cell update request with a cause value "cell
reselection." However, the call update process fails.
l Value of the RAB assignment request response timer on the CN side, which must be greater
than the value of RbSetupRspTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) plus the timer
CSRLReEstCellUpdateTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) (for CS services) or
PSRLReEstCellUpdateTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) (for PS services).
l Whether RESERVED_SWITCH_16_BIT31 and RESERVED_SWITCH_16_BIT32
under the RsvSwitch16(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter are selected. It is recommended
that these options be selected.
If the switches are turned on, the RNC increments the number of RRC connection setup
attempts by one when the following condition is met: The RNC receives an IU REL
COMMAND message from the CN during RB reestablishment of a UE in the CELL_DCH
state.
10.3 Planning
None
10.4 Deployment
10.4.1 Requirements
None

WCDMA RAN
10.4.2 Data Preparation

Table 10-1 Data Preparation
Parame Parameter Remarks Data

ter ID Source
Name
Timer T302 Set this parameter based on network conditions. Radio

302 (BSC6900, Otherwise, network performance will be greatly network
BSC6910) affected. The recommended value is 2s. plan
(internal)
Constant N302 Set this parameter based on network conditions. Radio

BSC6910) affected. The recommended value is 3. plan
(internal)
Timer T313 Set this parameter based on network conditions. Default

313 (BSC6900, Otherwise, network performance will be greatly value/
BSC6910) affected. The recommended value is 3s. Recommen
ded value

BSC6910) affected. The higher the value of this parameter, the plan
harder it will be for the UE to detect an RL out-of- (internal)
synchronization problem and the longer the UE
stays on the verge of an RL out-of-synchronization
problem. The recommended value is 20.

BSC6910) affected. The recommended value is 1. plan
(internal)

(internal)

(internal)

WCDMA RAN

ter ID Source
Name
Num of NoutsyncInd Set this parameter based on network conditions. Radio

Continu (BSC6900, Otherwise, network performance will be greatly network
ous Out BSC6910) affected. The lower the value of this parameter, the plan
of Sync earlier call reestablishment is triggered by an RL (internal)
Ind out-of-synchronization problem. The
recommended value is 50, but you can set this
parameter to a value even lower than the
recommended value to improve user experience.
Num of NInsyncInd Set this parameter based on network conditions. Radio

Continu (BSC6900, Otherwise, network performance will be greatly network
ous in BSC6910) affected. The higher the value of this parameter, the plan
Sync Ind earlier call reestablishment is triggered by an RL (internal)
out-of-synchronization problem. The
recommended value is 5, but you can set this
parameter to a value even higher than the
recommended value to improve user experience.
Radio TRlFailure Set this parameter based on network conditions. Radio

Link (BSC6900, Otherwise, network performance will be greatly network
Failure BSC6910) affected. The recommended value is 5s. plan
Timer (internal)
Length
Timer CSRLReEst Timer for call reestablishment for CS services. Radio

for Wait CellUpdateT Set this parameter based on network conditions. network
for Cell mr Otherwise, network performance will be greatly plan
Update (BSC6900, affected. The recommended value is 15000. (internal)
Specific BSC6910)
to CS
UE
Timer PSRLReEst Timer for call reestablishment for PS services. Radio

for Wait CellUpdateT Set this parameter based on network conditions. network
for Cell mr Otherwise, network performance will be greatly plan
Update (BSC6900, affected. The recommended value is 35000. (internal)
Specific BSC6910)
to PS UE
Optimiz Optimization Switch that controls call reestablishment caused by Radio

ation Switch SRB resets network
Switch (BSC6900, Determine whether to enable this switch by plan
BSC6910): referring to 10.2 Required Information. (internal)
SRB_RESE
T_RL_SET
UP_SWITC
H

WCDMA RAN

ter ID Source
Name
Optimiz Optimization Switch that controls call reestablishment caused by Radio

ation Switch RL out-of-synchronization problem. network
RLFAIL_R
L_SETUP_
SWITCH
Optimiz Optimization Switch that controls call reestablishment caused by Default

ation Switch active set update. value/
Switch (BSC6900, Determine whether to enable this switch by Recommen
BSC6910): referring to 10.2 Required Information. ded value
ASU_RL_R
ESET_SWI
TCH

ation Switch RB reconfiguration during DCCC. value/
RB_RECF
G_RL_REE
ST_SWITC
H
Process PROCESSS Switch that controls call reestablishment caused by Default

Control WITCH4 PDU sending. value/
Switch 4 (BSC6900, Determine whether to enable this switch by Recommen
TRB_RESE
T_RL_REE
ST_SWITC
H

Control WITCH4 process overlap. value/
RB_SETUP
_RL_REES
T_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

ter ID Source
Name

Control WITCH4 physical channel reconfiguration. value/
PHY_RECF
G_REEST_
SWITCH

Control WITCH4 RB release. value/
RB_REL_R
L_REEST_
SWITCH

Control WITCH4 inter-RAB handovers. value/
IRATHO_H
OCANCEL
_RL_REES
T_SWITCH

ation Switch measurement control. value/
MC_RL_R
ESET_SWI
TCH
Optimiz Optimization Switch that controls call reestablishment for CS Radio

ation Switch services. network
CS_RL_SE
TUP_SWIT
CH
Optimiz Optimization Switch that controls call reestablishment for PS Radio

ation Switch services. network
PS_RL_SE
TUP_SWIT
CH

WCDMA RAN

ter ID Source
Name
Process PROCESSS Switch that controls call reestablishment under Default

Control WITCH4 different RNCs. value/
Switch 4 (BSC6900, Recommen
BSC6910): ded value
IUR_RL_R
EEST_SWI
TCH
Process PROCESSS Enhanced switch that controls call reestablishment Default

Control WITCH4 caused by RB setup. value/
RB_SETUP
_ENHANC
E_RL_REE
ST_SWITC
H
Process PROCESSS Enhanced switch that controls whether call Default

Control WITCH4 reestablishment can be triggered by physical value/
Switch 4 (BSC6900, channel reconfiguration timeout. Recommen
BSC6910): Determine whether to enable this switch by ded value
PHYCHRE referring to 10.2 Required Information.
CFG_ENH_
RL_REEST
_SWITCH
Process PROCESSS Enhanced switch that controls whether call Default

Control WITCH4 reestablishment can be triggered by radio bearer value/
Switch 4 (BSC6900, reconfiguration timeout during the DCCC Recommen
BSC6910): procedure. ded value
RBRECFG Determine whether to enable this switch by
_ENH_RL_ referring to 10.2 Required Information.
REEST_SW
ITCH
Improve Improvemen Switch that controls whether call reestablishment Default

ment tSwitch can be triggered by security mode setup timeout. value/
SMC_RL_R
EEST_SWI
TCH

WCDMA RAN

ter ID Source
Name
Improve Improvemen Switch that controls whether call reestablishment Default

ment tSwitch can be triggered by radio bearer reconfiguration value/
Switch (BSC6900, timeout during procedures other than DCCC. Recommen
BSC6910): Determine whether to enable this switch by ded value
N referring to 10.2 Required Information.
ON_DCCC
_RBRECF
G_RL_REE
ST_SWITC
H
Optimiz Optimization Switch that controls call reestablishment triggered Radio

ation Switch when T313(BSC6900,BSC6910) expires after an network
Switch (BSC6900, RL out-of-synchronization problem. plan
BSC6910): Determine whether to enable this switch by (internal)
RL_RESTO referring to 10.2 Required Information.
RE_SWITC
H
Wait RB RbSetupRsp Set this parameter to 10s if PROCESSSWITCH4 Radio

setup Tmr (BSC6900,BSC6910):RB_SETUP_RL_REEST network
response (BSC6900, _SWITCH is enabled. plan
timer BSC6910) (internal)
Wait RB RbRelRspT Set this parameter to 10s if PROCESSSWITCH4 Radio

release mr (BSC6900,BSC6910):RB_REL_RL_REEST_S network
response (BSC6900, WITCH is enabled. plan
timer BSC6910) (internal)
Wait RB RbRecfgRsp Set this parameter to 10s if OptimizationSwitch Radio

reconfig Tmr (BSC6900,BSC6910): network
uration (BSC6900, RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH is enabled. plan
response BSC6910)' (internal)
timer
HO HoAsuTmr Set this parameter to 10s. Radio

active (BSC6900, network
set BSC6910) plan
update (internal)
response
timer
HO HoPhychRe Set this parameter to 10s if PROCESSSWITCH4 Radio

PhyCh cfgTmr (BSC6900,BSC6910):PHY_RECFG_REEST_S network
reconfig (BSC6900, WITCH is enabled. plan
uration BSC6910) (internal)
timer

WCDMA RAN
10.4.3 Activation
Using MML Commands

Step 1 Set the following parameters appropriately:
l Run the SET UCONNMODETIMER command to set Timer 302, Constant 302, Timer
313, Constant 313, Timer 314, Constant 315, and Timer 315.
l Run the MOD UCELL command to set Num of Continuous in Sync Ind, Num of
Continuous Out of Sync Ind, and Radio Link Failure Timer Length.
l Run the SET USTATETIMER command to set Timer for Wait for Cell Update Specific
to CS UE and Timer for Wait for Cell Update Specific to PS UE.
l Run the SET USTATETIMER command and set HO active set update response timer,
HO PhyCh reconfiguration timer, and Wait RB reconfiguration response timer.
Step 2 Enable the switches that control the call reestablishment function for CS and PS services.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and select CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH

(CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH) and PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH)
under Optimization Switch.
Step 3 Enable the switches that control the call reestablishment function triggered by RL out-of-
synchronization problems and SRB resets.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and select

SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH) and
RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH) under Optimization
Switch.
Step 4 Set the timer for the Active Set Update process.
l Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and select ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH
(ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH) under Optimization Switch.
l Run the SET USTATETIMER command to set HO active set update response timer.
Step 5 Enable the switch that control the call reestablishment function triggered by measurement
control.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and select MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH

(MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH) under Optimization Switch.
Step 6 Enable the switch that control the call reestablishment function triggered by PDU sending.

TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH under Process Control Switch 4.
Step 7 Enable the switch that controls the call reestablishment function triggered by physical channel
reconfiguration.
l Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and select
PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH under Process Control Switch 4.
l Run the SET USTATETIMER command to set HO PhyCh reconfiguration timer.
Step 8 Enable the switch that controls the call reestablishment function triggered by RB setup.

WCDMA RAN

RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH and
RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH under Process Control Switch 4.
Run the SET UALGORSVPARA command and select RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT23

and RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT24 under the Reserved Switch 5 parameter.
NOTE
The RAB assignment timer needs to be configured on the CN side and its value must be greater than the
value of RbSetupRspTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) plus the timer CSRLReEstCellUpdateTmr
(BSC6900,BSC6910) (for CS services) or PSRLReEstCellUpdateTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) (for PS
services)..
Step 9 Enable the switch that controls the call reestablishment function triggered by RB reconfiguration
during DCCC.
l Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and select
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH(RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH) under
Optimization Switch.
l Run the SET USTATETIMER command to set Wait RB reconfiguration response
timer.
Step 10 Enable the switch that controls the call reestablishment function triggered by RB release.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and select RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH

under Process Control Switch 4.
Step 11 Enable the switch that controls the call reestablishment function under different RNCs.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and select IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH under

Process Control Switch 4.
Step 12 Enable the switch that controls the call reestablishment function triggered by inter-RAT
handover.

IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH under Process Control Switch 4.
Step 13 Enable the enhanced switch that controls whether call reestablishment can be triggered by
physical channel reconfiguration timeout.

PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH under Process Control Switch 4.
Step 14 Enable the enhanced switch that controls whether call reestablishment can be triggered by radio
bearer reconfiguration timeout during the DCCC procedure.

RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH under Process Control Switch 4.
Step 15 Enable the enhanced switch that controls whether call reestablishment can be triggered by the
timeout of radio bearer reconfiguration timeout in during procedures other than DCCC.

NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH under Improvement Switch.
Step 16 Enable the switch that controls whether call reestablishment can be triggered by security mode
setup timeout.

WCDMA RAN
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and select SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH under

Improvement Switch.
NOTE
Set the security mode response timer on the CN side to a value greater than the security mode timer
(RRCSECRTMODECMPTMR(BSC6900,BSC6910)) plus the timer T314(BSC6900,BSC6910) on the
RNC side.
Step 17 Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and select RL_RESTORE_SWITCH under
Step 18 Activate the enhanced call reestablishment function for overlapping soft handover procedures.
Run the SET UALGORSVPARA command and select RESERVED_SWITCH_16_BIT25

under the Reserved Switch 16 parameter.
Step 19 (Optional) Enable the D2P reconfiguration and reestablishment algorithm. It is recommended
that you consult Huawei engineers before enabling the algorithm.
1. Run the RNC MML command SET UALGORSVPARA with
RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT19 (D2P reconfiguration and reestablishment switch)
under Reserved Switch 10 set to 1 and bits 24 to 31 (timer for RL recovery before D2P
reconfiguration and reestablishment in the single RL scenario) under Reserved U32
Parameter 4 set to proper values.
2. Run the RNC MML command SET UALGORSVPARA with
RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT13 under Reserved Switch 5 cleared.
3. Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH with
F2P_DATATRANS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH under Process Control Switch 4 selected.
----End
MML Command Example

//Modifying related timers based on user experience
SET UCONNMODETIMER: T302=D1400, N302=3, T313=3, N313=D20, T314=D12,T315=D10,
N315=D20;
MOD UCELL: CellId=01, NInsyncInd=8, NOutsyncInd=8;
//Setting the CS and PS service reestablishment switches to on
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: OptimizationSwitch=CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH-1&PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the cross-Iur link reestablishment switch to on
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH4=IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the switches for triggering call reestablishment in case of out-of-
synchronization, SRB reset, and TRB reset to on
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH4=TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1,
OptimizationSwitch=SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH-1&RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH-1&RL_RESTORE
_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the active set update switch and measurement control link reestablishment
switch to on
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: OptimizationSwitch=ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH-1&MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the physical channel reconfiguration switch and physical channel
reconfiguration enhancement switch to on
SET URRCTRLSWITCH:
PROCESSSWITCH4=PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH-1&PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the RB setup switch, RB setup enhancement switch, and RAB setup
statistics correction switch to on
SET URRCTRLSWITCH:
PROCESSSWITCH4=RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1&RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1,
ImprovementSwitch=RAB_SETUP_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the RB reconfiguration switch, RB reconfiguration enhancement switch, and
non-DCCC RB reconfiguration switch to on

WCDMA RAN
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH4=RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1,

OptimizationSwitch=RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1,
ImprovementSwitch=NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the switch for call reestablishment after RB release to on
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH4=RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the switch for call reestablishment in security mode to on
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: ImprovementSwitch=SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the switch for call reestablishment after cancellation of an inter-RAT
handover to on
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH4=IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1;
//(Optional) Enabling the CELL_DCH-to-CELL_PCH reconfiguration and reestablishment
algorithm
ET UALGORSVPARA: RsvSwitch10=RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT19-1;
SET UALGORSVPARA: RsvU32Para4=192937984;
SET UALGORSVPARA: RsvSwitch5=RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT13-0;
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH4= F2P_DATATRANS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH-1;
NOTE
The value of RsvU32Para4 is calculated based on the site configuration. For
example: The original value of RsvdPara4 is set to 8388608 (1000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000) and it is changed to 192937984 (1011 0110 0000 0000 0000
0000) by setting bit 24 to bit 31 to 11.
//Enabling the enhanced call reestablishment function for overlapping soft handover
procedures
SET UALGORSVPARA:RsvSwitch16=RESERVED_SWITCH_16_BIT25-1;
Using the CME (Method 1)

This feature can be batch activated using the CME. For detailed operations, see the following
section in the CME product documentation or online help: Managing the CME > CME
Guidelines > Enhanced Feature Management > Feature Operation and Maintenance.
Using the CME (Method 2)

NOTE
When configuring the DPCH Maximum Power Restriction feature on the CME, perform a single
configuration first, and then perform a batch modification if required. Configure the parameters of a single
object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification before logging out of the parameter setting
interface.
Step 1 Configure a single object on the CME.
Set parameters on the CME configuration interface according to the operation sequence
described in Table 10-2. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see
CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)
To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard. For
instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification center,
press F1 on the wizard interface to obtain online help.
----End

WCDMA RAN
Table 10-2 Configuring parameters on the CME
SN MO NE Parameter Parameter Configura

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on
1 UCONNMO RNC Timer 302 T302 Yes

DETIMER (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Constant 302 N302

(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Timer 313 T313

(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Constant 313 N313

(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Timer 314 T314

(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Constant 315 N315

(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Timer 315 T315

(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
2 UCELL RNC Num of NInsyncInd Yes

Continuous (BSC6900,
in Sync Ind BSC6910)
Num of NoutsyncIn
Continuous d
Out of Sync (BSC6900,
Ind BSC6910)
Radio Link TRlFailure

Failure (BSC6900,
Timer BSC6910)
Length
3 USTATETI RNC Timer for CSRLReEst Yes

MER Wait for Cell CellUpdateT
Update mr
Specific to (BSC6900,
CS UE BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on
Timer for PSRLReEst

Wait for Cell CellUpdateT
Update mr
Specific to (BSC6900,
PS UE BSC6910)
4 URRCTRLS RNC Optimizatio Optimizatio Yes

WITCH n Switch nSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Process PROCESSS
Control WITCH4
Switch 4 (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Improvemen Improvemen
t Switch tSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
5. (Optional) USTATETI RNC HO active set HoAsuTmr Yes

MER update (BSC6900,
response BSC6910)
timer
NOTE
Set this
parameter if
OPTIMIZA
TIONSWIT
CH
(BSC6900,
BSC6910):
ASU_RL_R
ESET_SWI
TCH is
enabled.

WCDMA RAN

Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on
HO PhyCh HoPhychRe
reconfigurati cfgTmr
on timer (BSC6900,
NOTE BSC6910)
Set this
parameter if
PROCESSS
WITCH4
(BSC6900,
BSC6910):
PHY_RECF
G_REEST_
SWITCH is
enabled.
Wait RB RbRecfgRsp
reconfigurati Tmr
on response (BSC6900,
timer BSC6910)
NOTE
Set this
parameter if
Optimizatio
nSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910):
RB_RECFG
_RL_REES
T_SWITCH
is enabled.
10.4.4 Activation Observation

In call reestablishment triggered under the same RNC, track the IOS signaling according to
Figure 3-1. If the NBAP_RL_ACT_CMD message can be tracked, the call reestablishment
function is enabled on the live network.
In call reestablishment triggered under different RNCs, track the IOS signaling according to
Figure 3-2. If the RNSAP_RL_DEL_REQ message can be tracked, the call reestablishment
function is enabled on the live network.
After the call reestablishment function is enabled, the values of the IRATHO.AttOutCS and
IRATHO.AttOutPSUTRAN counters increase.
You can query the values of the following counters to learn the effect of the call reestablishment
function on CS services:

WCDMA RAN
l VS.AttRlReEst.CS: provides the number of call reestablishment attempts for CS services

in a cell.
l VS.SuccRlReEst.CS: provides the number of successful call reestablishments for CS
services in a cell.
10.4.5 Deactivation
Using MML Commands

Step 1 Disable the switches that control the call reestablishment function for CS and PS services.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and clear CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH

(CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH) and PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH)
under Optimization Switch.
Step 2 Disable the switches that control the call reestablishment function triggered by RL out-of-
synchronization problems and SRB resets.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and clear

SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH) and
RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH) under Optimization
Switch.
Step 3 Disable the switches that control the call reestablishment function triggered by active set update.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and clear ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH

(ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH) under Optimization Switch.
Step 4 Disable the switch that control the call reestablishment function triggered by measurement
control.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and clear MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH

(MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH) under Optimization Switch.
Step 5 Disable the switch that control the call reestablishment function triggered by PDU sending.

TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH under Process Control Switch 4.
Step 6 Disable the switch that controls the call reestablishment function triggered by physical channel
reconfiguration.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and clear PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH

Step 7 Disable the switch that controls the call reestablishment function triggered by RB setup.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and clear RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH

and RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH under Process Control Switch 4.
Step 8 Disable the switch that controls the call reestablishment function triggered by RB
reconfiguration.

RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH(RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH) under

WCDMA RAN
Step 9 Disable the switch that controls the call reestablishment function triggered by RB release.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and clear RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH

Step 10 Disable the switch that controls the call reestablishment function under different RNCs.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and clear IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH under

Process Control Switch 4.
Step 11 Disable the switch that controls the call reestablishment function triggered by inter-RAT
handover.

IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH under Process Control Switch 4.
Step 12 Disable the enhanced switch that controls whether call reestablishment can be triggered by
physical channel reconfiguration timeout.

PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH under Process Control Switch 4.
Step 13 Disable the enhanced switch that controls whether call reestablishment can be triggered by radio
bearer reconfiguration timeout during the DCCC procedure.

RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH under Process Control Switch 4.
Step 14 Disable the enhanced switch that controls whether call reestablishment can be triggered by radio
bearer reconfiguration timeout during procedures other than DCCC.

NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH under Improvement Switch.
Step 15 Disable the switch that controls whether call reestablishment can be triggered by security mode
setup timeout.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and clear SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH under

Improvement Switch.
Step 16 Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and clear RL_RESTORE_SWITCH

(RL_RESTORE_SWITCH) under Optimization Switch.
Step 17 Deactivate the enhanced call reestablishment function for overlapping soft handover procedures.
Run the SET UALGORSVPARA command and clear RESERVED_SWITCH_16_BIT25

under the Reserved Switch 16 parameter.
Step 18 Set the following parameters to the values they were before the function was enabled:
l Run the SET UCONNMODETIMER command to reset the following parameters to their
original values: Timer 302, Constant 302, Timer 313, Constant 313, Timer 314, Constant
315, and Timer 315.
l Run the MOD UCELL command to reset the following parameters to their original values:
Num of Continuous in Sync Ind, Num of Continuous Out of Sync Ind, and Radio Link
Failure Timer Length.
l Run the SET USTATETIMER command to reset Timer for Wait for Cell Update Specific
to CS UE and Timer for Wait for Cell Update Specific to PS UE to their original values.

WCDMA RAN
l Run the SET USTATETIMER to reset the following parameters to their original values:
HO active set update response timer, HO PhyCh reconfiguration timer, and Wait RB
reconfiguration response timer.
----End
MML Command Example

//Deactivating call reestablishment
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH4=PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH-0&
TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH-0& RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH-0&
RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH-0&
IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH-0&IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH-0&RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH-0
,
OptimizationSwitch=ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH-0&MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH-0&SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_S
WITCH-0&RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH-0&CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH-0&PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH-0&RL_REST
ORE_SWITCH-0&RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH-0;
SET UALGORSVPARA: RsvSwitch16=RESERVED_SWITCH_16_BIT25-0;
NOTE
When you deactivate the call reestablishment function, change the values of the following parameters back
to their settings before this function was activated: T302(BSC6900,BSC6910), N302
(BSC6900,BSC6910), T313(BSC6900,BSC6910), N313(BSC6900,BSC6910), N315
(BSC6900,BSC6910), T314(BSC6900,BSC6910)(CS), T315(BSC6900,BSC6910)(PS), NInsyncInd
(BSC6900,BSC6910), NoutsyncInd(BSC6900,BSC6910), TRlFailure(BSC6900,BSC6910),
RbRecfgRspTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910), HoAsuTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) and HoPhychRecfgTmr
(BSC6900,BSC6910). Otherwise, network performance will be greatly affected.
Using the CME

NOTE
When configuring the DPCH Maximum Power Restriction feature on the CME, perform a single
configuration first, and then perform a batch modification if required. Configure the parameters of a single
object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification before logging out of the parameter setting
interface.
Step 1 Configure a single object on the CME.
Set parameters on the CME configuration interface according to the operation sequence
described in Table 10-3. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see
CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)
To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard. For
instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification center,
press F1 on the wizard interface to obtain online help.
----End
NOTE
When you deactivate the call reestablishment function, change the values of the following parameters back
to their settings before this function was activated: T302(BSC6900,BSC6910), N302
(BSC6900,BSC6910), T313(BSC6900,BSC6910), N313(BSC6900,BSC6910), N315
(BSC6900,BSC6910), T314(BSC6900,BSC6910)(CS), T315(BSC6900,BSC6910)(PS), NInsyncInd
RbRecfgRspTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910), HoAsuTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) and HoPhychRecfgTmr
(BSC6900,BSC6910). Otherwise, network performance will be greatly affected.

WCDMA RAN
Table 10-3 Configuring parameters on the CME
SN MO NE Parameter Name Parameter Config

ID urable
in CME
Batch
Modifi
cation
1 URRCT RNC Optimization Switch Optimization Yes

RLSWI Switch
TCH (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Process Control Switch 4 PROCESSS

WITCH4
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Improvement Switch Improvement

Switch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
2 UCON RNC Timer 302 T302 Yes

NMOD (BSC6900,
ETIME BSC6910)
R
Constant 302 N302
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Timer 313 T313

(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Constant 313 N313

(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Timer 314 T314

(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Constant 315 N315

(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Timer 315 T315

(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
3 UCELL RNC Num of Continuous in Sync Ind NInsyncInd Yes

(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN
SN MO NE Parameter Name Parameter Config

ID urable
in CME
Batch
Modifi
cation
Num of Continuous Out of Sync Ind NoutsyncInd

(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Radio Link Failure Timer Length TRlFailure

(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
4 USTAT RNC Timer for Wait for Cell Update CSRLReEstC Yes
ETIME Specific to CS UE ellUpdateTm
R r
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Timer for Wait for Cell Update PSRLReEstC

Specific to PS UE ellUpdateTm
r
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
5 USTAT RNC HO active set update response timer HoAsuTmr Yes

ETIME NOTE (BSC6900,
R Roll back this parameter if BSC6910)
OPTIMIZATIONSWITCH
(BSC6900,BSC6910):ASU_RL_RESE
T_SWITCH is disabled.
HO PhyCh reconfiguration timer HoPhychRec

NOTE fgTmr
Roll back this parameter if (BSC6900,
PROCESSSWITCH4 BSC6910)
(BSC6900,BSC6910):PHY_RECFG_R
EEST_SWITCH is disabled.
Wait RB reconfiguration response RbRecfgRsp

timer Tmr
NOTE (BSC6900,
Roll back this parameter if OptimizationS- BSC6910)
witch
(BSC6900,BSC6910):
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH is
disabled.

WCDMA RAN
10.5 Performance Monitoring

CS Services
After the call reestablishment function is enabled for CS services, observe the following KPIs:
l Call drop rate: [VS.RAB.AbnormRel.AMR/(VS.RAB.AbnormRel.AMR +

VS.RAB.NormRel.AMR)] x 100%
l RAB setup success rate: [(VS.RAB.SuccEstabCS.AMR/VS.RAB.AttEstab.AMR)] x
100%
l Inter-RAT handover success rate for CS services: (IRATHO.SuccOutCS)/
(IRATHO.AttOutCS-VS.IRATHOCS.Cancel.ReEstab) 100%
l Values of the following counters, which measure the number of CS RABs abnormally
released due to RF reasons, will decrease:
– VS.RAB.AbnormRel.CS.RF
– VS.RAB.AbnormRel.CS.RF.ULSync
– VS.RAB.AbnormRel.CS.RF.SRBReset
l Values of the following counters, which measure the number of CS RAB establishment
failures due to RF reasons, will decrease:
– VS.RAB.FailEstabCS.RNL
– VS.RAB.FailEstabCS.IubFail
– VS.RAB.FailEstabCS.UuFail
– VS.RAB.FailEstabCS.SRBReset
– VS.RAB.FailEstabCS.CellUpd
– VS.RAB.FailEstabCS.UuNoReply
After the call reestablishment function is enabled, the preceding KPIs should be improved or
the same as those before the function was enabled. If the KPIs deteriorated, optimize them.
IRATHO.AttOutPSUTRAN counters should increase.
function on CS services:
l VS.AttRlReEst.CS: provides the number of call reestablishment attempts for CS services

in a cell.
l VS.SuccRlReEst.CS: provides the number of successful call reestablishments for CS
services in a cell.
PS Services
After the call reestablishment function is enabled for PS services, observe the following KPIs:
l Call drop rate: [VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS/(VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS +

VS.RAB.NormRel.PS)] x 100%

WCDMA RAN
l RAB setup success rate: [(VS.RAB.SuccEstabPS.Conv+VS.RAB.SuccEstabPS.Str

+VS.RAB.SuccEstabPS.Int +VS.RAB.SuccEstabPS.Bkg)/(VS.RAB.AttEstabPS.Conv
+VS.RAB.AttEstabPS.Str+VS.RAB.AttEstabPS.Int +VS.RAB.AttEstabPS.Bkg)]x100%
l Inter-RAT handover success rate for PS services: (IRATHO.SuccOutPSUTRAN)/
(IRATHO.AttOutPSUTRAN-VS.IRATHOPS.Cancel.ReEstab) 100%
l Values of the following counters, which measure the number of PS RABs abnormally
released due to RF reasons, will decrease:
– VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS.RF
– VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS.RF.ULSync
– VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS.RF.SRBReset
– VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS.RF.TRBReset
l Values of the following counters, which measure the number of PS RAB establishment
failures due to RF reasons, will decrease:
– VS.RAB.FailEstabPS.RNL
– VS.RAB.FailEstabPS.IubFail
– VS.RAB.FailEstabPS.UuFail
– VS.RAB.FailEstabPS.SRBReset
– VS.RAB.FailEstabPS.CellUpd
– VS.RAB.FailEstabPS.UuNoReply
After the call reestablishment function is enabled, the preceding KPIs should be improved or
the same as those before the function was enabled. If the KPIs deteriorated, optimize them.
IRATHO.AttOutPSUTRAN counters should increase.
function on PS services:
l VS.AttRlReEst.PS: provides the number of call reestablishment attempts for PS services
in a cell
l VS.SuccRlReEst.PS: provides the number of successful call reestablishments for PS
services in a cell.
Number of Released CS RABs

After the call reestablishment function is enabled, observe the following counters:
l VS.RAB.Rel.CS.CNInit.AfterReEst: provides the number of CS RABs released during call
reestablishments
l VS.RAB.Rel.CS.CNInit.DuringReEst: provides the number of CS RABs released within
a period specified by the timer StatisticTmrAfterRlReEst(BSC6900,BSC6910) after call
reestablishments are complete.
After the call reestablishment function is enabled, the preceding counters should increase.
10.6 Parameter Optimization

To strike a balance between KPIs and user experience, modify the following parameters based
on network conditions: T302(BSC6900,BSC6910), N302(BSC6900,BSC6910), T313

WCDMA RAN
(BSC6900,BSC6910), N313(BSC6900,BSC6910), N315(BSC6900,BSC6910), T314

(BSC6900,BSC6910)(CS), T315(BSC6900,BSC6910)(PS), NInsyncInd
and PSRLReEstCellUpdateTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910). Because parameter modification greatly
affects network performance, contact Huawei technical support personnel before you modify
the parameters.
10.7 Troubleshooting
None

WCDMA RAN
Call Reestablishment Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
11 Parameters
Table 11-1 Parameter description
Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description

ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
RsvSwit BSC690 SET None None Meaning: RRM algorithm reserved U32 Switch Para 7.
ch7 0 UALGO The 32-bit parameter is reserved for further change
RSVPA request use. Disuse statement: This parameter is used
RA temporarily in patch versions and will be replaced with
a new parameter in later versions. The new parameter
ID reflects the parameter function. Therefore, this
parameter is not recommended for the configuration
interface.
GUI Value Range: RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT1,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT2,

WCDMA RAN

nd
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT32
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT1,
Default Value:
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT1:1,RESERVED_SWI
TCH_7_BIT2:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT3:1,R

WCDMA RAN

nd
ESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT4:1,RESERVED_SWIT
CH_7_BIT5:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT6:1,RE
SERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT7:1,RESERVED_SWITC
H_7_BIT8:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT9:1,RES
ERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT10:1,RESERVED_SWITC
H_7_BIT11:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT12:1,RE
SERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT13:1,RESERVED_SWIT
CH_7_BIT14:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT15:1,R
ESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT16:1,RESERVED_SWI
TCH_7_BIT17:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT18:1,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT19:1,RESERVED_SW
ITCH_7_BIT20:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT21:1
,RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT22:1,RESERVED_S
WITCH_7_BIT23:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT2
4:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT25:1,RESERVED_
SWITCH_7_BIT26:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT
27:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT28:1,RESERVED
_SWITCH_7_BIT29:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BI
T30:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT31:1,RESERVE
D_SWITCH_7_BIT32:1

WCDMA RAN

nd
interface.
Unit: None

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value:

WCDMA RAN

nd
D_SWITCH_7_BIT32:1

WCDMA RAN

nd
interface.
Unit: None

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value:

WCDMA RAN

nd
D_SWITCH_5_BIT32:1

WCDMA RAN

nd
interface.
Unit: None

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value:

WCDMA RAN

nd
D_SWITCH_5_BIT32:1

WCDMA RAN

nd
RsvSwit BSC690 SET None None Meaning: RR algorithm reserved U32 Switch Para 16.
interface.
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value: RESERVED_SWITCH_16_BIT1:0,
RESERVED_SWITCH_16_BIT2:0,

WCDMA RAN

nd
RESERVED_SWITCH_16_BIT32:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
RsvSwit BSC691 SET None None Meaning: RR algorithm reserved U32 Switch Para 16.
interface.
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value: RESERVED_SWITCH_16_BIT1:0,

WCDMA RAN

nd
RESERVED_SWITCH_16_BIT32:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
interface.
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value:
WITCH_10_BIT5:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT
SWITCH_10_BIT8:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BI
D_SWITCH_10_BIT11:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10
_BIT12:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT13:0,RESE
RVED_SWITCH_10_BIT14:0,RESERVED_SWITC
H_10_BIT15:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT16:0,
RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT17:0,RESERVED_S
WITCH_10_BIT18:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BI
T19:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT20:0,RESERV
ED_SWITCH_10_BIT21:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_1
0_BIT22:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT23:0,RES
ERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT24:0,RESERVED_SWIT

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH_10_BIT25:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT26:0
0_BIT32:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
interface.
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value:
WITCH_10_BIT5:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT
SWITCH_10_BIT8:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BI
D_SWITCH_10_BIT11:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10
_BIT12:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT13:0,RESE
RVED_SWITCH_10_BIT14:0,RESERVED_SWITC
H_10_BIT15:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT16:0,
RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT17:0,RESERVED_S
0_BIT22:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT23:0,RES
ERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT24:0,RESERVED_SWIT

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH_10_BIT25:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_10_BIT26:0
0_BIT32:0
Statistic BSC690 SET WRFD- Call Meaning: Timer started after radio link (RL)
TmrAfte 0 USTAT 140103 Reestabl reestablishment to measure the number of Iu Release
rRlReEs ETIME ishment Command or RAB Assignment Request messages
t R received from the CN. If this parameter is set to 0, the
measurement will not be performed.
GUI Value Range: 0~30
Unit: s
Actual Value Range: 0~30
Default Value: 5
Statistic BSC691 SET WRFD- Call Meaning: Timer started after radio link (RL)
TmrAfte 0 USTAT 140103 Reestabl reestablishment to measure the number of Iu Release
rRlReEs ETIME ishment Command or RAB Assignment Request messages
t R received from the CN. If this parameter is set to 0, the
measurement will not be performed.
Unit: s
Default Value: 5

WCDMA RAN

nd
SpecUse BSC690 ADD WRFD- Termina Meaning: 1)

rFunctio 0 UIMEIT 160103 l Black SPECUSER_4C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:(Special
nSwitch AC WRFD- List UE 4C-HSDPA Disable Switch) Whether to forbid the
4 MOD 160102 Garble 4C-HSDPA function for special UEs. 1: This switch is
UIMEIT Noise turned on and special UEs cannot use the 4C-HSDPA
AC Detectio function. 0: This switch is turned off and special UEs
n and can use the 4C-HSDPA function. 2)
Correcti SPECUSER_3C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH(Special
on of UE 3C-HSDPA Disable Switch) Whether to forbid the
AMR 3C-HSDPA function for special UEs. 1: This switch is
Voice turned on and special UEs cannot use the 3C-HSDPA
function. 0: This switch is turned off and special UEs
can use the 3C-HSDPA function. 3)
SPECUSER_DC_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH(Special
UE DC-HSDPA Disable Switch) Whether to forbid the
DC-HSDPA function for special UEs. 1: This switch is
turned on and special UEs cannot use the DC-HSDPA
can use the DC-HSDPA function. 4)
SPECUSER_DB_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH(Special
UE DB-HSDPA Disable Switch) Whether to forbid the
DB-HSDPA function for special UEs. 1: This switch is
turned on and special UEs cannot use the DB-HSDPA
can use the DB-HSDPA function. 5)
SPECUSER_DC_HSUPA_LIMIT_SWITCH(Special
UE DC-HSUPA Disable Switch) Whether to forbid the
DC-HSUPA function for special UEs. 1: This switch is
turned on and special UEs cannot use the DC-HSUPA
can use the DC-HSUPA function. 6)
SPECUSER_NO_RBSETUP_MSG_OPT_SWITCH
(RB SETUP Message Size Reduction Disable Switch)
Whether to disable the RB SETUP message size
reduction function for special UEs. 1: This switch is
turned on and special UEs cannot use the RB SETUP
message size reduction function. 0: This switch is turned
off and special UEs can use the RB SETUP message
size reduction function. 7)
SPECUSER_REEST_TO_FACH_LIMITATION(RL
Reestablishment on FACH Forbidden for Special UEs)
Whether to forbid special UEs to reestablish their radio
links (RLs) on the FACH. 1: This switch is turned on,
and special UEs cannot reestablish their RLs on the
FACH. 0: This switch is turned off, and special UEs can
reestablish their RLs on the FACH. 8)
SPECUSER_WBAMR_RB_RECFG_LIMIT_SWITC

WCDMA RAN

nd
H(WB-AMR RB RECFG Disable Switch) Whether to

perform the RB RECFG procedure for special UEs
processing AMR-WB or AMR-NB services. 1: This
switch is turned on and the RNC does not perform the
RB RECFG procedure on UEs processing AMR-WB or
AMR-NB services. 0: This switch is turned off and the
RNC performs the RB RECFG procedure on UEs
processing AMR-WB or AMR-NB services. 9)
SPECUSER_NO_FAST_RECFG_HHO_SWITCH
(Fast Recfg Prohibit Switch for Special UE in HHO)
Whether to use the asynchronous configuration mode
for a special UE in hard handover scenarios. 1: This
switch is turned on and the asynchronous configuration
mode is not used for a specified UE in hard handover
scenarios. 0: This switch is turned off and the
asynchronous configuration mode can be used for a
specified UE in hard handover scenarios. 10)
SPECUSER_NO_AMR_NOISE_DETECT_SWITCH
(UL Garbled Noise Detection and Correction Inhibition
Switch for Special UEs) Whether to forbid UL garbled
noise detection and correction on special UEs. 1: This
switch is turned on, and the RNC does not perform UL
garbled noise detection and correction on specified UEs.
0: This switch is turned off, and the RNC performs UL
static detection and correction on specified UEs. 11)
SPECUSER_NO_HSDPACM_SWITCH(HSDPA and
Compressed Mode Coexist Disable Switch) Whether
special UEs processing HSDPA services fall back to the
DCH before the UEs enter the compressed mode. 1:
This switch is turned on and special UEs processing
HSDPA services fall back to the DCH before the UEs
enter the compressed mode. 0: This switch is turned off
and special UEs processing HSDPA services do not fall
back to the DCH before the UEs enter the compressed
mode. 12)SPECUSER_NO_HSUPACM_SWITCH
(HSUPA and Compressed Mode Permission Disable
Switch) Whether special UEs processing HSUPA
services fall back to the DCH before the UEs enter the
compressed mode. 1: This switch is turned on and
special UEs processing HSUPA services fall back to the
This switch is turned off and special UEs processing
HSUPA services do not fall back to the DCH before the
UEs enter the compressed mode. 13)
SPECUSER_NO_EHSPACM_SWITCH(HSPA+ and
special UEs processing HSPA+ services fall back to the

WCDMA RAN

nd

HSPA+ services fall back to the DCH before the UEs
and special UEs processing HSPA+ services do not fall
mode. 14)SPECUSER_GUL_CM_LIMIT_SWITCH
(Simultaneous GUL Compressed Mode Disable
Switch) Whether to start GSM, UMTS, and LTE
compressed modes simultaneously for special UEs. 1:
This switch is turned on, and GSM and UMTS
measurements are first started for special UEs, then LTE
measurements. 0: This switch is turned off, and GSM,
UMTS, and LTE compressed modes are started
simultaneously for special UEs. 15)
SPECUSER_SECMOD_CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SWI
TCH(Security Mode and Cell Update Overlap
Optimization Switch for Special Users) When
SECU_CU_CROSS_SWITCH is set to on, the RNC
preferentially processes the CELL UPDATE message
and then processes the security mode message.
However, some special UEs in the CELL_FACH state
experience call drops. When this switch is set to on, the
RNC performs optimized processing for these special
UEs. That is, the RNC sends the CELL UPT CONFIRM
message to these UEs on SRB0 and meanwhile the RNC
does not reset SRB2, SRB3, or SRB4. 1: This switch is
set to on. The RNC performs optimized processing for
these special UEs. 0: This switch is set to off. The RNC
does not perform optimized processing for these special
UEs.
GUI Value Range:
SPECUSER_4C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_DC_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_DB_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_DC_HSUPA_LIMIT_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_NO_RBSETUP_MSG_OPT_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_REEST_TO_FACH_LIMITATION,
H,
SPECUSER_NO_FAST_RECFG_HHO_SWITCH,
, SPECUSER_NO_HSDPACM_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_NO_HSUPACM_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_NO_EHSPACM_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
SPECUSER_GUL_CM_LIMIT_SWITCH,
TCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
H,
TCH
Default Value:
SPECUSER_4C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_3C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_DC_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_DB_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_DC_HSUPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_NO_RBSETUP_MSG_OPT_SWITCH
:0,SPECUSER_REEST_TO_FACH_LIMITATION:
0,SPECUSER_WBAMR_RB_RECFG_LIMIT_SWIT
CH:
0,SPECUSER_NO_FAST_RECFG_HHO_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_NO_AMR_NOISE_DETECT_SWITC
H:0,SPECUSER_NO_HSDPACM_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_NO_HSUPACM_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_NO_EHSPACM_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_GUL_CM_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_SECMOD_CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SW
ITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
SpecUse BSC691 ADD WRFD- Termina Meaning: 1)

rFunctio 0 UIMEIT 160103 l Black SPECUSER_4C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:(Special
nSwitch AC WRFD- List UE 4C-HSDPA Disable Switch) Whether to forbid the
4 MOD 160102 Garble 4C-HSDPA function for special UEs. 1: This switch is
UIMEIT Noise turned on and special UEs cannot use the 4C-HSDPA
AC Detectio function. 0: This switch is turned off and special UEs
n and can use the 4C-HSDPA function. 2)
Correcti SPECUSER_3C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH(Special
on of UE 3C-HSDPA Disable Switch) Whether to forbid the
AMR 3C-HSDPA function for special UEs. 1: This switch is
Voice turned on and special UEs cannot use the 3C-HSDPA
can use the 3C-HSDPA function. 3)
SPECUSER_DC_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH(Special
UE DC-HSDPA Disable Switch) Whether to forbid the
DC-HSDPA function for special UEs. 1: This switch is
turned on and special UEs cannot use the DC-HSDPA
can use the DC-HSDPA function. 4)
SPECUSER_DB_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH(Special
UE DB-HSDPA Disable Switch) Whether to forbid the
DB-HSDPA function for special UEs. 1: This switch is
turned on and special UEs cannot use the DB-HSDPA
can use the DB-HSDPA function. 5)
SPECUSER_DC_HSUPA_LIMIT_SWITCH(Special
UE DC-HSUPA Disable Switch) Whether to forbid the
DC-HSUPA function for special UEs. 1: This switch is
turned on and special UEs cannot use the DC-HSUPA
can use the DC-HSUPA function. 6)
SPECUSER_NO_RBSETUP_MSG_OPT_SWITCH
(RB SETUP Message Size Reduction Disable Switch)
Whether to disable the RB SETUP message size
reduction function for special UEs. 1: This switch is
turned on and special UEs cannot use the RB SETUP
message size reduction function. 0: This switch is turned
off and special UEs can use the RB SETUP message
size reduction function. 7)
SPECUSER_REEST_TO_FACH_LIMITATION(RL
Reestablishment on FACH Forbidden for Special UEs)
Whether to forbid special UEs to reestablish their radio
links (RLs) on the FACH. 1: This switch is turned on,
and special UEs cannot reestablish their RLs on the
FACH. 0: This switch is turned off, and special UEs can
reestablish their RLs on the FACH. 8)

WCDMA RAN

nd
H(WB-AMR RB RECFG Disable Switch) Whether to

perform the RB RECFG procedure for special UEs
processing AMR-WB or AMR-NB services. 1: This
switch is turned on and the RNC does not perform the
RB RECFG procedure on UEs processing AMR-WB or
AMR-NB services. 0: This switch is turned off and the
RNC performs the RB RECFG procedure on UEs
processing AMR-WB or AMR-NB services. 9)
SPECUSER_NO_FAST_RECFG_HHO_SWITCH
(Fast Recfg Prohibit Switch for Special UE in HHO)
Whether to use the asynchronous configuration mode
for a special UE in hard handover scenarios. 1: This
switch is turned on and the asynchronous configuration
mode is not used for a specified UE in hard handover
scenarios. 0: This switch is turned off and the
asynchronous configuration mode can be used for a
specified UE in hard handover scenarios. 10)
(UL Garbled Noise Detection and Correction Inhibition
Switch for Special UEs) Whether to forbid UL garbled
noise detection and correction on special UEs. 1: This
switch is turned on, and the RNC does not perform UL
garbled noise detection and correction on specified UEs.
0: This switch is turned off, and the RNC performs UL
static detection and correction on specified UEs. 11)
SPECUSER_NO_HSDPACM_SWITCH(HSDPA and
special UEs processing HSDPA services fall back to the
HSDPA services fall back to the DCH before the UEs
and special UEs processing HSDPA services do not fall
mode. 12)SPECUSER_NO_HSUPACM_SWITCH
(HSUPA and Compressed Mode Permission Disable
Switch) Whether special UEs processing HSUPA
services fall back to the DCH before the UEs enter the
compressed mode. 1: This switch is turned on and
special UEs processing HSUPA services fall back to the
This switch is turned off and special UEs processing
HSUPA services do not fall back to the DCH before the
UEs enter the compressed mode. 13)
SPECUSER_NO_EHSPACM_SWITCH(HSPA+ and
special UEs processing HSPA+ services fall back to the

WCDMA RAN

nd

HSPA+ services fall back to the DCH before the UEs
and special UEs processing HSPA+ services do not fall
mode. 14)SPECUSER_GUL_CM_LIMIT_SWITCH
(Simultaneous GUL Compressed Mode Disable
Switch) Whether to start GSM, UMTS, and LTE
compressed modes simultaneously for special UEs. 1:
This switch is turned on, and GSM and UMTS
measurements are first started for special UEs, then LTE
measurements. 0: This switch is turned off, and GSM,
UMTS, and LTE compressed modes are started
simultaneously for special UEs. 15)
TCH(Security Mode and Cell Update Overlap
Optimization Switch for Special Users) When
SECU_CU_CROSS_SWITCH is set to on, the RNC
preferentially processes the CELL UPDATE message
and then processes the security mode message.
However, some special UEs in the CELL_FACH state
experience call drops. When this switch is set to on, the
RNC performs optimized processing for these special
UEs. That is, the RNC sends the CELL UPT CONFIRM
message to these UEs on SRB0 and meanwhile the RNC
does not reset SRB2, SRB3, or SRB4. 1: This switch is
set to on. The RNC performs optimized processing for
these special UEs. 0: This switch is set to off. The RNC
does not perform optimized processing for these special
UEs.
GUI Value Range:
H,

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
H,
TCH
Default Value:
SPECUSER_4C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_3C_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_DC_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_DB_HSDPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_DC_HSUPA_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_NO_RBSETUP_MSG_OPT_SWITCH
:0,SPECUSER_REEST_TO_FACH_LIMITATION:
0,SPECUSER_WBAMR_RB_RECFG_LIMIT_SWIT
CH:
0,SPECUSER_NO_FAST_RECFG_HHO_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_NO_AMR_NOISE_DETECT_SWITC
H:0,SPECUSER_NO_HSDPACM_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_NO_HSUPACM_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_NO_EHSPACM_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_GUL_CM_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,SPECUSER_SECMOD_CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SW
ITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
TAC_F BSC690 ADD WRFD- Termina Meaning: The function of the TAC.If Fast_Dormancy
UNC 0 UIMEIT 160103 l Black is selected, the TAC specifies the UEs that are enabled
AC WRFD- List with the Fast Dormancy feature; if
MOD 020500 Enhance HSDPA_RB_Setup_Cmp_CRC is selected, the TAC
UIMEIT d Fast specifies that the UEs want to establish services on
AC Dorman HSDPA, however, the RNC sets up services on the
cy DCH, and retries on HSDPA later; if Special_User_En-
RMV hance is selected, the TAC specifies the UEs that are
UIMEIT enabled with the Special User Enhance feature.
AC
GUI Value Range: Fast_Dormancy,
HSDPA_RB_Setup_Cmp_CRC, Special_User_En-
hance
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: Fast_Dormancy,
hance
Default Value: None
TAC_F BSC691 ADD WRFD- Termina Meaning: The function of the TAC.If Fast_Dormancy
UNC 0 UIMEIT 160103 l Black is selected, the TAC specifies the UEs that are enabled
AC WRFD- List with the Fast Dormancy feature; if
MOD 020500 Enhance HSDPA_RB_Setup_Cmp_CRC is selected, the TAC
UIMEIT d Fast specifies that the UEs want to establish services on
AC Dorman HSDPA, however, the RNC sets up services on the
cy DCH, and retries on HSDPA later; if Special_User_En-
RMV hance is selected, the TAC specifies the UEs that are
UIMEIT enabled with the Special User Enhance feature.
AC
GUI Value Range: Fast_Dormancy,
hance
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: Fast_Dormancy,
hance
Default Value: None

WCDMA RAN

nd
Optimiz BSC690 SET None None Meaning: 1)

ationSwi 0 URRCT RB_RLREEST_AM_TRB_RLC_REEST_SWITCH
tch4 RLSWI (Reestablish TRB RLC in AM for RL Reestablish)
TCH When radio link (RL) reestablishment is triggered
during RB related procedures, the encryption
parameters configured for the RNC become
inconsistent with those configured for the UE if the
following conditions are met: The RB related procedure
succeeds; the TRB is in acknowledged mode (AM) or
the size of the RLC PDU changes in AM; the RLC entity
is not reestablished for the TRB. As a result, data
transmission fails on the user plane, and the TRB is
reset. This parameter specifies whether the RNC
reestablishes the RLC entity for TRBs that use AM in
the preceding scenario. 1: This switch is turned on. The
RLC entity is reestablished for the TRB in the preceding
scenario. 0: This switch is turned off. The RLC entity is
not reestablished for the TRB in the preceding scenario.
2)
RB_SETUP_UM_TRB_RLREEST_ADJUD_OPT_S
WITCH(Optimize RL Reestablishment for UM TRB)
When RL reestablishment is triggered during an RB
setup procedure in unacknowledged mode (UM), the
encryption parameters for the RNC and UE cannot be
reconfigured. As a result, after the RL is reestablished,
data transmission fails on the user plane because the
encryption parameters configured for the RNC are
inconsistent with those configured for the UE. Services
are interrupted. This parameter specifies whether the
RNC reestablishes the RL for TRBs that use UM in the
preceding scenario. 1: This switch is turned on. If the
TRB has been established for the UE, RL
reestablishment is not performed in the preceding
scenario even if its trigger conditions are met. 0: This
switch is turned off. RL reestablishment is performed in
the preceding scenario when its trigger conditions are
met. 3)DRNC_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH(DRNC
RL Reestablishment Optimization Switch) Whether the
RNC receives a complete message from the UE during
radio link (RL) reestablishment over the Iur interface.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC receives a
complete message from the UE in the preceding
scenario. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
receive a complete message from the UE in the
preceding scenario. 4)
URA2FACH_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_PROC_SWIT
CH Whether the RAN processes a cell update procedure

WCDMA RAN

nd
caused by cell reselection, periodic cell update, UE re-

entering service area, or an RLC unrecoverable error
during a state transition from URA_PCH to
CELL_FACH. 1: This switch is turned on. The RAN
processes the cell update procedure during a state
transition from URA_PCH to CELL_FACH. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RAN determines that the cell
update procedure is abnormally triggered and therefore
does not process the procedure. As a result, the cell
update procedure times out, and the UE's connection is
abnormally released, increasing the call drop rate. 5)
RB_SETUP_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH
Whether the RNC sends a RADIO BEARER SETUP
message in AM to a UE in the CELL_FACH state. 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC sends a RADIO
BEARER SETUP message in AM to a UE in the
CELL_FACH state. Therefore, those UEs that cannot
receive this message in UM can now correctly receive
this message. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC
sends a RADIO BEARER SETUP message in UM to a
UE in the CELL_FACH state. 6)
RB_RECFG_D2F_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH
Whether the RNC sends a RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION message in AM to a UE that is
transitioning from the CELL_DCH state to the
CELL_FACH state. 1: This switch is turned on. The
RNC sends a RADIO BEARER
sends a RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION
message in UM to a UE that is transitioning from the
CELL_DCH state to the CELL_FACH state. 7)
RB_RECFG_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH
transitioning from the CELL_FACH state to the
CELL_DCH state. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC
message in AM to a UE that is transitioning from the
CELL_FACH state to the CELL_DCH state. Therefore,
those UEs that cannot receive this message in UM can
now correctly receive this message. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC sends a RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION message in UM to a UE that is

WCDMA RAN

nd

CELL_DCH state. 8)
RRC_UE_USER_SMOOTH_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC corrects the values of the
VS.CellDCHUEs.RNC and VS.CellFACHUEs.RNC
counters when performing smooth operations at 3:00
a.m.. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC corrects the
values of the VS.CellDCHUEs.RNC and
VS.CellFACHUEs.RNC counters when performing
smooth operations at 3:00 a.m.. That is, the RNC does
not calculate the number of UEs that are processing a
signaling procedure into these two counters. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RNC calculates the number of
UEs that are processing a signaling procedure into these
two counters when performing smooth operations at
3:00 a.m.. The RNC calculates the number of these UEs
into these two counters again after their signaling
procedures are complete. 9)
TRNC_LOAD_CTRL_SWITCH Whether to enable
load sharing for the SRNS relocations and incoming
Inter-RAT handover procedure. 1: This switch is turned
on. During an SRNS relocation and incoming Inter-
RAT handover procedure, the signaling and SCCP are
processed by the same signaling subsystem, and load
sharing is implemented between signaling subsystems.
0: This switch is turned off. During an SRNS relocation
and incoming Inter-RAT handover procedure, the
signaling is processed by the signaling subsystem that
carries the serving cell. 10)
IU_SIG_REL_PCH_PAGING_SWITCH(Page UEs
When UEs Release Its CS/PS Connection) Whether the
RNC sends paging messages to UEs in the CELL_PCH
and URA_PCH states when these UEs are releasing
their connections in the CS or PS domain. 1: This switch
is turned on. The RNC sends paging messages to UEs
in the CELL_PCH and URA_PCH states when these
UEs are releasing their connections in the CS or PS
domain. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
send paging messages to UEs in the CELL_PCH and
URA_PCH states when these UEs are releasing their
connections in the CS or PS domain. 11)
CPC_OPT_FOR_RLSETUP_SWITCH(CPC
Configuration Optimization Switch During RL Setup)
Whether the CPC is configured in an optimized way
during radio link (RL) setup. 1: This switch is set to on.
The CPC is configured in an optimized way during RL
setup. That is, if the RL activation time is carried, the

WCDMA RAN

nd
RNC forwards the RL activation time to the NodeB

during RL setup. If the RL activation time is not carried,
the RNC changes the Enabling Delay to 128. 0: This
switch is set to off. The CPC is not configured in an
optimized way. That is, the RNC neither forwards the
RL activation time to the NodeB during RL setup nor
changes the Enabling Delay. 12)
D2P_L2DEACT_FAIL_OPT_SWITCH
(Optimization Switch for L2 Deactivation Failure
During D2P) Whether to release the RRC connection
after an L2 deactivation failure during the D2P state
transition. This switch is set to off by default. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RRC connection is released
after an L2 deactivation failure. 1: This switch is turned
on. The RRC connection is not released after an L2
deactivation failure. The UE stays in the CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH state, and the dedicated channel is released.
13)EFACH_RRC_REG_CMP_SWITCH(E-FACH
RRC Registration Compatibility Switch) Whether
special UEs use the E-FACH to carry their RRC
CONNECTION SETUP messages when the cell is
enabled with E-FACH. 1: This switch is set to on. the
RNC retransmits the last RRC CONNECTION SETUP
message on the E-FACH if special users do not respond
to the RRC CONNECTION SETUP message on the
FACH. If the UE returns an RRC CONNECTION
SETUP CMP message, the UE stays in the CELL_DCH
state during data transmission. 0: This switch is set to
off. no special processing is performed on special users.
14)
P2D_TSID_ERR_UE_RSP_MSG_DISCD_SWITCH
(Discard Responses with Incorrect TRANSCIDs from
UEs During P2D) Whether the RNC discards a RADIO
BEARER RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE
message received from a UE during P2D state
transitions when the value of the "RRC transaction
identifier" IE in the message is incorrect. 1: This switch
is set to on. The RNC discards the message and waits
for the UE's response. 0: This switch is set to off. The
RNC rolls back the P2D state transition procedure. 15)
AMRC_ON_122_AMR_HHO_ROLL_BACK_SWIT
CH (HHO Rollback Switch for 12.2K AMR Services
with AMRC Enabled) Whether the RNC performs
rollback after 12.2 kbit/s AMR-NB services experience
hard handover failures in the scenario where the
narrowband AMRC function takes effect. 0: This switch
is set to off. The RNC does not perform rollback after

WCDMA RAN

nd
12.2 kbit/s AMR-NB services experience hard handover

failures in the preceding scenario. 1: This switch is set
to on. The RNC performs rollback after 12.2 kbit/s
AMR-NB services experience hard handover failures in
the preceding scenario. 16)
RELOC_IN_RG_COMB_INDEX_ALLOC_SWITC
H Whether the RNC allocates RG combination indexes
to radio links (RLs) for UEs in the CELL_DCH state
during UE-not-involved relocations. 1: This switch is
turned on. The RNC allocates RG combination indexes
only to the RLs on the E-DCH for UEs in the
CELL_DCH state during UE-not-involved relocations.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC allocates RG
combination indexes to all RLs for UEs in the
17)SCM_CU_CROSS_SWITCH(Support
Concurrence of CM and Cell Update) Whether the RNC
supports the concurrence of the compressed mode (CM)
procedure and the cell update procedure. 1: This switch
is set to on. The RNC rolls back the CM procedure and
then processes the cell update message. 0: This switch
is set to off. The RNC does not support the concurrence
of the CM procedure and the cell update procedure. 18)
DRNC_HSPA_CM_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize
Procedures for HSPA UEs in CM Under the DRNC)
Whether to solve the problem that the radio link
reconfiguration reinitiated by the SRNC over the Iur
interface fails after the DRNC receives a RADIO LINK
RECONFIGURATION PREPARE message (which
carries the Transmission Gap Pattern Sequence
Information and HS-DSCH FDD Information IEs) over
the Iur interface. 1: This switch is set to on. the radio
link reconfiguration reinitiated by the SRNC over the
Iur interface is successful after the DRNC receives the
preceding RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION
PREPARE message over the Iur interface. 0: This
switch is set to off, the radio link reconfiguration
reinitiated by the SRNC over the Iur interface fails after
the DRNC receives the preceding RADIO LINK
RECONFIGURATION PREPARE message over the
Iur interface. 19)IUB_TRANSID_OPT_SWITCH
(Optimize TransID Allocation for Iub Messages)
Whether the RNC allocates TransIDs to Iub interface
messages in an optimized way. 1: This switch is set to
on. the RNC allocates TransIDs independently to each
NodeB to prevent the message out-of-order problem
caused by NodeBs' responses carrying the same

WCDMA RAN

nd
TransID. 0: This switch is set to off. the RNC allocates

a set of TransIDs to the Iub interface messages for all
NodeBs. 20)L2_ENHENCE_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC correctly reconfigures the parameters
related to the enhanced L2 feature in the following
scenario: The UE has established a service and the
service uses the enhanced L2 feature; the UE initiates a
second service and the second service experiences a cell
update failure during its setup and is rolled back. When
this switch is set to on, the RNC correctly configures the
parameters related to the enhanced L2 feature and
correctly processes the service setup and cell update
rollback in the preceding scenario. When this switch is
set to off, the RNC cannot correctly configure the
parameters related to the enhanced L2 feature, and
consequently call drops occur. 21)
ASYN_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH Radio link (RL)
reestablishment optimization switch for the scenario
where the following functions are enabled: RB fast
setup function for RB setups accompanied by DRDs
with unchanged SRBs, and hard handover fast
reconfiguration. When this switch is set to on, the RNC
determines whether a new RL is synchronized and
whether the CELL UPDATE message carries the
reconfiguration tag. If the RL is not synchronized and
the CELL UPDATE message does not carry the
reconfiguration tag, the RL is reestablished. When this
switch is set to off, the trigger conditions of RL
reestablishment remain unchanged. 22)
RNC_IMSI_HO_OPT_SWITCH(IMSI-based
Handover Optimization Switch) Whether the IMSI-
based handover feature takes effect in multioperator
core network (MOCN) scenarios. 1: This switch is set
to on. In MOCN scenarios, the RNC releases the
connections of the UEs using a certain international
mobile subscriber identity (IMSI) after receiving a
COMMON ID message from the CN. 0: This switch is
set to off. In MOCN scenarios, the RNC does not release
the connections of the UEs using a certain IMSI after
receiving a COMMON ID message from the CN. 23)
IUR_PRIQUEUE_INFO_TO_MODIFY_OPT_SWIT
CH(Optimize the priorityQueue-Info-to-Modify IE in
RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION PREPARE
Messages over Iur) Whether the RADIO LINK
Iur interface carries the MAChsGuaranteedBitRate or
DiscardTimer field in the priorityQueue-Info-to-

WCDMA RAN

nd
Modify IE when the field will remain unchanged after

the reconfiguration. 1: This switch is set to on. the
message over the Iur interface carries the
MAChsGuaranteedBitRate or DiscardTimer field in the
priorityQueue-Info-to-Modify IE when the field will
remain unchanged after the reconfiguration. In this case,
the DRNC can successfully reinitiate a relocation
process after a UE of Release 6 and earlier versions
whose SRB is carried on an HSDPA channel is relocated
to the DRNC. 0: This switch is set to off. the RADIO
LINK RECONFIGURATION PREPARE message
over the Iur interface does not carry the priorityQueue-
Info-to-Modify IE when MAChsGuaranteedBitRate
and DiscardTimer remain unchanged after the
reconfiguration. In this case, a UE of Release 6 and
earlier versions whose SRB is carried on an HSDPA
channel fails to reinitiate a relocation process after being
relocated to the DRNC. 24)
URA_PCH_LAC_RAC_CHG_NO_PAGING_SWIT
CH (No Paging Switch for LAC or SAC Change During
URA Update) Whether paging is performed when the
location area code (LAC) or service area code (SAC) of
the target cell differs from that of the source cell during
a UTRAN registration area (URA) update. 1: This
switch is set to on. Paging is not performed in the
preceding scenario. 0: This switch is set to off. Paging
is performed in the preceding scenario. 25)
PAGING_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize
CS Paging During Cell Update) Whether the RNC
optimizes CS paging that occurs during a cell update
procedure. 1: This switch is set to on. The RNC
procedure. 0: This switch is set to off. The RNC does
not optimize CS paging that occurs during a cell update
procedure, and as a result, the access delay of the CS
called partly is long. 26)
SRVCC_RELOC_IN_USE_CS_KEY_SWITCH
(SRVCC Incoming Relocation Using CS CK Switch)
Whether UEs that are processing CS+PS combined
services use the CS cipher key (CK) during an SRVCC
incoming relocation. 1: This switch is set to on. UEs that
are processing CS+PS combined services use the CS
CK during an SRVCC incoming relocation. This
prevents relocation failures caused by incorrect CKs. 0:
This switch is set to off. UEs that are processing CS+PS
combined services use the CK of the last released

WCDMA RAN

nd
domain during an SRVCC incoming relocation. If the

last released domain is PS, the incoming relocation fails.
27)
SOCKET_RECEIVE_DATA_CORRECT_SWITCH
(CBC Socket Receive Data Length Control Switch)
Whether the RNC correctly processes the messages
whose size is greater than 32 kbytes and that are sent by
the cell broadcast center (CBC) server. 1: This switch
is set to on. The RNC correctly processes the messages
whose size is greater than 32 Kbytes and that are sent
by the CBC server. 0: This switch is set to off. The RNC
cannot correctly process the messages whose size is
greater than 32 kbytes and that are sent by the CBC
server. 28)
CU_PRI_OVERLAP_OTHER_PROC_SWITCH
(Preferentially Process Cell Update in Process Overlap)
Whether the RNC preferentially processes the cell
update procedure when it overlaps with other
procedures. 1: When this switch is set to on, the RNC
preferentially processes the cell update procedure in the
preceding scenario. 0: When this switch is set to off, the
original processing method is used. 29)
INTERRAT2U_INTEG_PROTECT_OPT_SWITCH
(Integrity Protection Optimization Switch for Incoming
Inter-RAT Handovers) Whether the optimized integrity
protection function is enabled for incoming L2U or G2U
inter-RAT handovers. 1: This switch is set to on. The
integrity protection function is immediately activated
for SRB0 to SRB4 after the incoming L2U or G2U inter-
RAT handover is complete. 0: This switch is set to off.
The integrity protection function is activated only for
SRB2 after the incoming L2U or G2U inter-RAT
handover is complete. The integrity protection for other
SRBs (SRB0, SRB1, SRB3, and SRB4) is activated
only after the UE sends a message. 30)
INTRA_NODEB_RLCC_INIT_CAP_OPT_SWITCH
(Optimize the Rate upon NodeB RL Change for H
Services) Whether the rate optimization policy is
applied in the scenario where the radio link (RL) for
HSPA services changes inside the NodeB. 1: This
switch is set to on. The rate optimization policy is
applied in the scenario where the RL for HSPA services
changes inside the NodeB. 0: This switch is set to off.
The rate optimization policy is not applied in the
scenario where the RL for HSPA services changes
inside the NodeB. 31)
DRNC_RL_PARA_UPT_OPT_SWITCH(RL

WCDMA RAN

nd
Parameter Update Optimization Switch on RNC)

Whether the RL PARA UPT IND message over the Iur
interface can be correctly processed. 1: This switch is
set to on. The RL PARA UPT IND message over the Iur
set to off. The RL PARA UPT IND message over the
Iur interface cannot be correctly processed.
GUI Value Range:
RB_RLREEST_AM_TRB_RLC_REEST_SWITCH,
WITCH, DRNC_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH,
CH, RB_SETUP_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH,
RB_RECFG_D2F_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH,
RB_RECFG_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH,
RRC_UE_USER_SMOOTH_OPT_SWITCH,
TRNC_LOAD_CTRL_SWITCH,
IU_SIG_REL_PCH_PAGING_SWITCH,
CPC_OPT_FOR_RLSETUP_SWITCH,
D2P_L2DEACT_FAIL_OPT_SWITCH,
EFACH_RRC_REG_CMP_SWITCH,
P2D_TSID_ERR_UE_RSP_MSG_DISCD_SWITCH,
CH,
H, SCM_CU_CROSS_SWITCH,
DRNC_HSPA_CM_OPT_SWITCH,
IUB_TRANSID_OPT_SWITCH,
L2_ENHENCE_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH,
ASYN_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH,
RNC_IMSI_HO_OPT_SWITCH,
CH,
CH, PAGING_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH,
SRVCC_RELOC_IN_USE_CS_KEY_SWITCH,
SOCKET_RECEIVE_DATA_CORRECT_SWITCH,
CU_PRI_OVERLAP_OTHER_PROC_SWITCH,
INTERRAT2U_INTEG_PROTECT_OPT_SWITCH,
, DRNC_RL_PARA_UPT_OPT_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH,
CH,
Default Value:
RB_RLREEST_AM_TRB_RLC_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RB_SETUP_UM_TRB_RLREEST_ADJUD_OPT_
SWITCH:0,DRNC_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH:
1,URA2FACH_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_PROC_SWI
TCH:0,RB_SETUP_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH:
0,RB_RECFG_D2F_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH:
0,RB_RECFG_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH:
0,RRC_UE_USER_SMOOTH_OPT_SWITCH:
1,TRNC_LOAD_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,IU_SIG_REL_PCH_PAGING_SWITCH:
0,CPC_OPT_FOR_RLSETUP_SWITCH:
1,D2P_L2DEACT_FAIL_OPT_SWITCH:
0,EFACH_RRC_REG_CMP_SWITCH:
0,P2D_TSID_ERR_UE_RSP_MSG_DISCD_SWITC
H:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,AMRC_ON_122_AMR_HHO_ROLL_BACK_SWI
TCH:
0,RELOC_IN_RG_COMB_INDEX_ALLOC_SWIT
CH:0,SCM_CU_CROSS_SWITCH:
0,DRNC_HSPA_CM_OPT_SWITCH:
0,IUB_TRANSID_OPT_SWITCH:
0,L2_ENHENCE_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,ASYN_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RNC_IMSI_HO_OPT_SWITCH:
0,IUR_PRIQUEUE_INFO_TO_MODIFY_OPT_SWI
TCH:
0,URA_PCH_LAC_RAC_CHG_NO_PAGING_SWI
TCH:0,PAGING_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH:
0,SRVCC_RELOC_IN_USE_CS_KEY_SWITCH:
1,SOCKET_RECEIVE_DATA_CORRECT_SWITC
H:1,CU_PRI_OVERLAP_OTHER_PROC_SWITCH:
0,INTERRAT2U_INTEG_PROTECT_OPT_SWITC
H:
0,INTRA_NODEB_RLCC_INIT_CAP_OPT_SWITC
H:0,DRNC_RL_PARA_UPT_OPT_SWITCH:1

WCDMA RAN

nd
Optimiz BSC691 SET None None Meaning: 1)

ationSwi 0 URRCT RB_RLREEST_AM_TRB_RLC_REEST_SWITCH
tch4 RLSWI (Reestablish TRB RLC in AM for RL Reestablish)
TCH When radio link (RL) reestablishment is triggered
during RB related procedures, the encryption
parameters configured for the RNC become
inconsistent with those configured for the UE if the
following conditions are met: The RB related procedure
succeeds; the TRB is in acknowledged mode (AM) or
the size of the RLC PDU changes in AM; the RLC entity
is not reestablished for the TRB. As a result, data
transmission fails on the user plane, and the TRB is
reset. This parameter specifies whether the RNC
reestablishes the RLC entity for TRBs that use AM in
the preceding scenario. 1: This switch is turned on. The
RLC entity is reestablished for the TRB in the preceding
scenario. 0: This switch is turned off. The RLC entity is
not reestablished for the TRB in the preceding scenario.
2)
WITCH(Optimize RL Reestablishment for UM TRB)
When RL reestablishment is triggered during an RB
setup procedure in unacknowledged mode (UM), the
encryption parameters for the RNC and UE cannot be
reconfigured. As a result, after the RL is reestablished,
data transmission fails on the user plane because the
encryption parameters configured for the RNC are
inconsistent with those configured for the UE. Services
are interrupted. This parameter specifies whether the
RNC reestablishes the RL for TRBs that use UM in the
preceding scenario. 1: This switch is turned on. If the
TRB has been established for the UE, RL
reestablishment is not performed in the preceding
scenario even if its trigger conditions are met. 0: This
switch is turned off. RL reestablishment is performed in
the preceding scenario when its trigger conditions are
met. 3)DRNC_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH(DRNC
RL Reestablishment Optimization Switch) Whether the
RNC receives a complete message from the UE during
radio link (RL) reestablishment over the Iur interface.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC receives a
complete message from the UE in the preceding
scenario. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
receive a complete message from the UE in the
CH Whether the RAN processes a cell update procedure

WCDMA RAN

nd
caused by cell reselection, periodic cell update, UE re-

entering service area, or an RLC unrecoverable error
during a state transition from URA_PCH to
CELL_FACH. 1: This switch is turned on. The RAN
processes the cell update procedure during a state
transition from URA_PCH to CELL_FACH. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RAN determines that the cell
update procedure is abnormally triggered and therefore
does not process the procedure. As a result, the cell
update procedure times out, and the UE's connection is
abnormally released, increasing the call drop rate. 5)
RB_SETUP_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH
Whether the RNC sends a RADIO BEARER SETUP
message in AM to a UE in the CELL_FACH state. 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC sends a RADIO
BEARER SETUP message in AM to a UE in the
sends a RADIO BEARER SETUP message in UM to a
UE in the CELL_FACH state. 6)
RB_RECFG_D2F_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH
CELL_FACH state. 1: This switch is turned on. The
RNC sends a RADIO BEARER
message in UM to a UE that is transitioning from the
CELL_DCH state to the CELL_FACH state. 7)
RB_RECFG_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH
CELL_DCH state. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC
message in AM to a UE that is transitioning from the
CELL_FACH state to the CELL_DCH state. Therefore,
those UEs that cannot receive this message in UM can
now correctly receive this message. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC sends a RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION message in UM to a UE that is

WCDMA RAN

nd

CELL_DCH state. 8)
RRC_UE_USER_SMOOTH_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC corrects the values of the
VS.CellDCHUEs.RNC and VS.CellFACHUEs.RNC
counters when performing smooth operations at 3:00
a.m.. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC corrects the
values of the VS.CellDCHUEs.RNC and
VS.CellFACHUEs.RNC counters when performing
smooth operations at 3:00 a.m.. That is, the RNC does
not calculate the number of UEs that are processing a
signaling procedure into these two counters. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RNC calculates the number of
UEs that are processing a signaling procedure into these
two counters when performing smooth operations at
3:00 a.m.. The RNC calculates the number of these UEs
into these two counters again after their signaling
procedures are complete. 9)
TRNC_LOAD_CTRL_SWITCH Whether to enable
load sharing for the SRNS relocations and incoming
Inter-RAT handover procedure. 1: This switch is turned
on. During an SRNS relocation and incoming Inter-
RAT handover procedure, the signaling and SCCP are
processed by the same signaling subsystem, and load
sharing is implemented between signaling subsystems.
0: This switch is turned off. During an SRNS relocation
and incoming Inter-RAT handover procedure, the
signaling is processed by the signaling subsystem that
carries the serving cell. 10)
IU_SIG_REL_PCH_PAGING_SWITCH(Page UEs
When UEs Release Its CS/PS Connection) Whether the
RNC sends paging messages to UEs in the CELL_PCH
and URA_PCH states when these UEs are releasing
their connections in the CS or PS domain. 1: This switch
is turned on. The RNC sends paging messages to UEs
in the CELL_PCH and URA_PCH states when these
UEs are releasing their connections in the CS or PS
send paging messages to UEs in the CELL_PCH and
URA_PCH states when these UEs are releasing their
connections in the CS or PS domain. 11)
CPC_OPT_FOR_RLSETUP_SWITCH(CPC
Configuration Optimization Switch During RL Setup)
Whether the CPC is configured in an optimized way
during radio link (RL) setup. 1: This switch is set to on.
The CPC is configured in an optimized way during RL
setup. That is, if the RL activation time is carried, the

WCDMA RAN

nd
RNC forwards the RL activation time to the NodeB

during RL setup. If the RL activation time is not carried,
the RNC changes the Enabling Delay to 128. 0: This
switch is set to off. The CPC is not configured in an
optimized way. That is, the RNC neither forwards the
RL activation time to the NodeB during RL setup nor
changes the Enabling Delay. 12)
D2P_L2DEACT_FAIL_OPT_SWITCH
(Optimization Switch for L2 Deactivation Failure
During D2P) Whether to release the RRC connection
after an L2 deactivation failure during the D2P state
transition. This switch is set to off by default. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RRC connection is released
after an L2 deactivation failure. 1: This switch is turned
on. The RRC connection is not released after an L2
deactivation failure. The UE stays in the CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH state, and the dedicated channel is released.
13)EFACH_RRC_REG_CMP_SWITCH(E-FACH
RRC Registration Compatibility Switch) Whether
special UEs use the E-FACH to carry their RRC
CONNECTION SETUP messages when the cell is
enabled with E-FACH. 1: This switch is set to on. the
RNC retransmits the last RRC CONNECTION SETUP
message on the E-FACH if special users do not respond
to the RRC CONNECTION SETUP message on the
FACH. If the UE returns an RRC CONNECTION
SETUP CMP message, the UE stays in the CELL_DCH
state during data transmission. 0: This switch is set to
off. no special processing is performed on special users.
14)
P2D_TSID_ERR_UE_RSP_MSG_DISCD_SWITCH
(Discard Responses with Incorrect TRANSCIDs from
UEs During P2D) Whether the RNC discards a RADIO
BEARER RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE
message received from a UE during P2D state
transitions when the value of the "RRC transaction
identifier" IE in the message is incorrect. 1: This switch
is set to on. The RNC discards the message and waits
for the UE's response. 0: This switch is set to off. The
RNC rolls back the P2D state transition procedure. 15)
CH (HHO Rollback Switch for 12.2K AMR Services
with AMRC Enabled) Whether the RNC performs
rollback after 12.2 kbit/s AMR-NB services experience
hard handover failures in the scenario where the
narrowband AMRC function takes effect. 0: This switch
is set to off. The RNC does not perform rollback after

WCDMA RAN

nd
12.2 kbit/s AMR-NB services experience hard handover

failures in the preceding scenario. 1: This switch is set
to on. The RNC performs rollback after 12.2 kbit/s
AMR-NB services experience hard handover failures in
H Whether the RNC allocates RG combination indexes
to radio links (RLs) for UEs in the CELL_DCH state
during UE-not-involved relocations. 1: This switch is
turned on. The RNC allocates RG combination indexes
only to the RLs on the E-DCH for UEs in the
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC allocates RG
combination indexes to all RLs for UEs in the
17)SCM_CU_CROSS_SWITCH(Support
Concurrence of CM and Cell Update) Whether the RNC
supports the concurrence of the compressed mode (CM)
procedure and the cell update procedure. 1: This switch
is set to on. The RNC rolls back the CM procedure and
then processes the cell update message. 0: This switch
is set to off. The RNC does not support the concurrence
of the CM procedure and the cell update procedure. 18)
DRNC_HSPA_CM_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize
Procedures for HSPA UEs in CM Under the DRNC)
Whether to solve the problem that the radio link
reconfiguration reinitiated by the SRNC over the Iur
interface fails after the DRNC receives a RADIO LINK
RECONFIGURATION PREPARE message (which
carries the Transmission Gap Pattern Sequence
Information and HS-DSCH FDD Information IEs) over
the Iur interface. 1: This switch is set to on. the radio
link reconfiguration reinitiated by the SRNC over the
Iur interface is successful after the DRNC receives the
preceding RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION
PREPARE message over the Iur interface. 0: This
switch is set to off, the radio link reconfiguration
reinitiated by the SRNC over the Iur interface fails after
the DRNC receives the preceding RADIO LINK
Iur interface. 19)IUB_TRANSID_OPT_SWITCH
(Optimize TransID Allocation for Iub Messages)
Whether the RNC allocates TransIDs to Iub interface
messages in an optimized way. 1: This switch is set to
on. the RNC allocates TransIDs independently to each
NodeB to prevent the message out-of-order problem
caused by NodeBs' responses carrying the same

WCDMA RAN

nd
TransID. 0: This switch is set to off. the RNC allocates

a set of TransIDs to the Iub interface messages for all
NodeBs. 20)L2_ENHENCE_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC correctly reconfigures the parameters
related to the enhanced L2 feature in the following
scenario: The UE has established a service and the
service uses the enhanced L2 feature; the UE initiates a
second service and the second service experiences a cell
update failure during its setup and is rolled back. When
this switch is set to on, the RNC correctly configures the
parameters related to the enhanced L2 feature and
correctly processes the service setup and cell update
rollback in the preceding scenario. When this switch is
set to off, the RNC cannot correctly configure the
parameters related to the enhanced L2 feature, and
consequently call drops occur. 21)
ASYN_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH Radio link (RL)
reestablishment optimization switch for the scenario
where the following functions are enabled: RB fast
with unchanged SRBs, and hard handover fast
reconfiguration. When this switch is set to on, the RNC
determines whether a new RL is synchronized and
whether the CELL UPDATE message carries the
reconfiguration tag. If the RL is not synchronized and
the CELL UPDATE message does not carry the
reconfiguration tag, the RL is reestablished. When this
switch is set to off, the trigger conditions of RL
reestablishment remain unchanged. 22)
RNC_IMSI_HO_OPT_SWITCH(IMSI-based
Handover Optimization Switch) Whether the IMSI-
based handover feature takes effect in multioperator
core network (MOCN) scenarios. 1: This switch is set
to on. In MOCN scenarios, the RNC releases the
connections of the UEs using a certain international
mobile subscriber identity (IMSI) after receiving a
COMMON ID message from the CN. 0: This switch is
set to off. In MOCN scenarios, the RNC does not release
the connections of the UEs using a certain IMSI after
receiving a COMMON ID message from the CN. 23)
CH(Optimize the priorityQueue-Info-to-Modify IE in
Messages over Iur) Whether the RADIO LINK
Iur interface carries the MAChsGuaranteedBitRate or
DiscardTimer field in the priorityQueue-Info-to-

WCDMA RAN

nd
Modify IE when the field will remain unchanged after

the reconfiguration. 1: This switch is set to on. the
message over the Iur interface carries the
MAChsGuaranteedBitRate or DiscardTimer field in the
priorityQueue-Info-to-Modify IE when the field will
remain unchanged after the reconfiguration. In this case,
the DRNC can successfully reinitiate a relocation
process after a UE of Release 6 and earlier versions
whose SRB is carried on an HSDPA channel is relocated
to the DRNC. 0: This switch is set to off. the RADIO
LINK RECONFIGURATION PREPARE message
over the Iur interface does not carry the priorityQueue-
Info-to-Modify IE when MAChsGuaranteedBitRate
and DiscardTimer remain unchanged after the
reconfiguration. In this case, a UE of Release 6 and
earlier versions whose SRB is carried on an HSDPA
channel fails to reinitiate a relocation process after being
relocated to the DRNC. 24)
CH (No Paging Switch for LAC or SAC Change During
URA Update) Whether paging is performed when the
location area code (LAC) or service area code (SAC) of
the target cell differs from that of the source cell during
a UTRAN registration area (URA) update. 1: This
switch is set to on. Paging is not performed in the
preceding scenario. 0: This switch is set to off. Paging
is performed in the preceding scenario. 25)
PAGING_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize
CS Paging During Cell Update) Whether the RNC
procedure. 1: This switch is set to on. The RNC
procedure. 0: This switch is set to off. The RNC does
not optimize CS paging that occurs during a cell update
procedure, and as a result, the access delay of the CS
called partly is long. 26)
SRVCC_RELOC_IN_USE_CS_KEY_SWITCH
(SRVCC Incoming Relocation Using CS CK Switch)
Whether UEs that are processing CS+PS combined
services use the CS cipher key (CK) during an SRVCC
incoming relocation. 1: This switch is set to on. UEs that
are processing CS+PS combined services use the CS
CK during an SRVCC incoming relocation. This
prevents relocation failures caused by incorrect CKs. 0:
This switch is set to off. UEs that are processing CS+PS
combined services use the CK of the last released

WCDMA RAN

nd
domain during an SRVCC incoming relocation. If the

last released domain is PS, the incoming relocation fails.
27)
SOCKET_RECEIVE_DATA_CORRECT_SWITCH
(CBC Socket Receive Data Length Control Switch)
Whether the RNC correctly processes the messages
whose size is greater than 32 kbytes and that are sent by
the cell broadcast center (CBC) server. 1: This switch
is set to on. The RNC correctly processes the messages
whose size is greater than 32 Kbytes and that are sent
by the CBC server. 0: This switch is set to off. The RNC
cannot correctly process the messages whose size is
greater than 32 kbytes and that are sent by the CBC
server. 28)
CU_PRI_OVERLAP_OTHER_PROC_SWITCH
(Preferentially Process Cell Update in Process Overlap)
Whether the RNC preferentially processes the cell
update procedure when it overlaps with other
procedures. 1: When this switch is set to on, the RNC
preferentially processes the cell update procedure in the
preceding scenario. 0: When this switch is set to off, the
original processing method is used. 29)
INTERRAT2U_INTEG_PROTECT_OPT_SWITCH
(Integrity Protection Optimization Switch for Incoming
Inter-RAT Handovers) Whether the optimized integrity
protection function is enabled for incoming L2U or G2U
inter-RAT handovers. 1: This switch is set to on. The
integrity protection function is immediately activated
for SRB0 to SRB4 after the incoming L2U or G2U inter-
RAT handover is complete. 0: This switch is set to off.
The integrity protection function is activated only for
SRB2 after the incoming L2U or G2U inter-RAT
handover is complete. The integrity protection for other
SRBs (SRB0, SRB1, SRB3, and SRB4) is activated
only after the UE sends a message. 30)
(Optimize the Rate upon NodeB RL Change for H
Services) Whether the rate optimization policy is
applied in the scenario where the radio link (RL) for
HSPA services changes inside the NodeB. 1: This
switch is set to on. The rate optimization policy is
applied in the scenario where the RL for HSPA services
changes inside the NodeB. 0: This switch is set to off.
The rate optimization policy is not applied in the
scenario where the RL for HSPA services changes
inside the NodeB. 31)
DRNC_RL_PARA_UPT_OPT_SWITCH(RL

WCDMA RAN

nd
Parameter Update Optimization Switch on RNC)

Whether the RL PARA UPT IND message over the Iur
set to on. The RL PARA UPT IND message over the Iur
set to off. The RL PARA UPT IND message over the
Iur interface cannot be correctly processed.
GUI Value Range:
CH,
CH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH,
CH,
Default Value:
RB_RLREEST_AM_TRB_RLC_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RB_SETUP_UM_TRB_RLREEST_ADJUD_OPT_
SWITCH:0,DRNC_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH:
1,URA2FACH_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_PROC_SWI
TCH:0,RB_SETUP_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH:
0,RB_RECFG_D2F_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH:
0,RB_RECFG_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH:
0,RRC_UE_USER_SMOOTH_OPT_SWITCH:
1,TRNC_LOAD_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,IU_SIG_REL_PCH_PAGING_SWITCH:
0,CPC_OPT_FOR_RLSETUP_SWITCH:
1,D2P_L2DEACT_FAIL_OPT_SWITCH:
0,EFACH_RRC_REG_CMP_SWITCH:
0,P2D_TSID_ERR_UE_RSP_MSG_DISCD_SWITC
H:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,AMRC_ON_122_AMR_HHO_ROLL_BACK_SWI
TCH:
0,RELOC_IN_RG_COMB_INDEX_ALLOC_SWIT
CH:0,SCM_CU_CROSS_SWITCH:
0,DRNC_HSPA_CM_OPT_SWITCH:
0,IUB_TRANSID_OPT_SWITCH:
0,L2_ENHENCE_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,ASYN_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RNC_IMSI_HO_OPT_SWITCH:
0,IUR_PRIQUEUE_INFO_TO_MODIFY_OPT_SWI
TCH:
0,URA_PCH_LAC_RAC_CHG_NO_PAGING_SWI
TCH:0,PAGING_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH:
0,SRVCC_RELOC_IN_USE_CS_KEY_SWITCH:
1,SOCKET_RECEIVE_DATA_CORRECT_SWITC
H:1,CU_PRI_OVERLAP_OTHER_PROC_SWITCH:
0,INTERRAT2U_INTEG_PROTECT_OPT_SWITC
H:
0,INTRA_NODEB_RLCC_INIT_CAP_OPT_SWITC
H:0,DRNC_RL_PARA_UPT_OPT_SWITCH:1
RbSetup BSC690 SET WRFD- 3GPP Meaning: A timer to RNC wait for the RB setup
RspTmr 0 USTAT 010101 R9 response from UE in the RB procedure. Refer to the
ETIME WRFD- Specific Note.
R 140103 ations GUI Value Range: 300~300000
Call Unit: ms
Reestabl
ishment Actual Value Range: 300~300000
Default Value: 5000
RbSetup BSC691 SET WRFD- 3GPP Meaning: A timer to RNC wait for the RB setup
RspTmr 0 USTAT 010101 R9 response from UE in the RB procedure. Refer to the
Call Unit: ms
Reestabl
Default Value: 5000

WCDMA RAN

nd
Optimiz BSC690 SET WRFD- Intra Meaning: 1)

ationSwi 0 URRCT 010901 RNC SYS_RELOC_OUT_SUCC_STAT_OPT_SWITCH
tch3 RLSWI WRFD- URA Whether the RNC measures one successful handover or
TCH 0106100 Update relocation when receiving an Iu release command
6 HSDPA message with the cause value "Network Optimization"
Mobility from the CN during an outgoing relocation or outgoing
WRFD- inter-RAT handover procedure. 1: This switch is turned
020203 Manage
ment on. The RNC measures one successful handover or
WRFD- relocation. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC
010902 Inter
measures one failed handover or relocation. 2)
RNC
WRFD- RL_REEST_PS_ON_FACH_SWITCH Whether PS
Soft
010101 services are established on the FACH upon call
Handov
reestablishment. 1: This switch is turned on. PS services
WRFD- er
are established on the FACH upon a call reestablishment
010510 Inter triggered by either of the following factors: - All
WRFD- RNC downlink radio links for a UE are out of
020202 URA synchronization. - The SRB over the Uu interface is
WRFD- Update reset. 0: This switch is turned off. PS services are
010801 3GPP established on the DCH upon a call reestablishment
R9 triggered by either of the preceding factors. 3)
WRFD-
Specific CELLUPDATE_MEASUREMENT_OPT_SWITCH
010802
ations Whether the RNC repeatedly calculates the number of
3.4/6.8/1 cell update attempts. A UE sends a CELL UPDATE
3.6/27.2 message in cell 1 and then sends another in cell 2 before
Kbps receiving a CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message from
RRC the RNC or responding to the CELL UPDATE
Connect CONFIRM message. The UE completes the cell update
ion and procedure in cell 2. In the preceding scenario, 1: This
Radio switch is turned on. The RNC measures one cell update
Access attempt only. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC
Bearer repeatedly measures cell update attempts. 4)
Establis D2F_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH
hment Whether the optimized D2F procedure takes effect. 1:
and This switch is turned on. An expired D2F procedure is
Release considered as successful if either of the following
conditions is met: - The RB reconfiguration message is
Intra sent in unacknowledged mode (UM), and all the RLs in
RNC the active set receive an RL Fail indication. - The RB
Soft reconfiguration message is sent in the acknowledged
Handov mode (AM), and an ACK response is received from the
er UE. If neither of the preceding conditions is met, the
Intra D2F procedure is considered as expired. 0: This switch
RNC is turned off. The optimized D2F procedure does not
Cell take effect. This switch is set to 0 by default. 5)
Update F2D_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH
Inter Whether the optimized F2D procedure takes effect. 1:
RNC This switch is turned on. An expired F2D procedure is

WCDMA RAN

nd
Cell considered as successful if the RL status is normal. If

Update the RL status is not normal, the F2D procedure is
considered as expired. 0: This switch is turned off. The
optimized F2D procedure does not take effect. This
switch is set to 0 by default. 6)
FOREVER_PCH_CTRL_PLANE_SHARE_OPT 1:
This switch is turned on. Load sharing of UEs in the
CELL_PCH state is not triggered among SPU
subsystems and the UEs in the CELL_PCH state are
periodically released on this SPU subsystem if the
following conditions are met: - The CPU usage of the
SPU subsystem exceeds a specified threshold and
exceeds the average CPU usage of the SPU subsystems
under the RNC. - The number of online UEs in the
CELL_PCH state on this SPU subsystem exceeds the
average number of UEs in the CELL_PCH state on the
SPU subsystems under the RNC. 0: This switch is
turned off. Load sharing of UEs in the CELL_PCH state
is triggered among SPU subsystems if the following
conditions are met: - The CPU usage of the SPU
subsystem exceeds a specified threshold and exceeds
the average CPU usage of the SPU subsystems under
the RNC. - The number of online UEs in the
SPU subsystems under the RNC. 7)
FOREVER_PCH_USER_PLANE_SHARE_OPT 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC selects another DSP
to perform load sharing on the user plane when always
online users are activated. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RNC does not perform load sharing on the user
plane when always online users are activated. 8)
RAB_REL_SRV_CELL_CHG_CROSS_SWITCH
Whether the serving cell change procedure is allowed
during the release of all PS RABs. 1: This switch is
turned on. The serving cell change procedure is not
allowed during the release of all PS RABs. 0: This
switch is turned off. The serving cell change procedure
is allowed during the release of all PS RABs. 9)
SCRIWITHCAUSE_OVERLAP_SWITCH How the
RNC will react if it receives an SCRI message with the
cause value "UE Requested PS Data session end" in the
middle of another procedure. 1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC maintains the original RRC state and does
not release the connection of the related UE if the RNC
receives an SCRI message with the preceding cause
value in the middle of another procedure. 0: This switch

WCDMA RAN

nd
is turned off. The RNC releases the connection of the

UE if both of the following conditions are met: The
RNC receives an SCRI message with the preceding
cause value in the middle of another procedure. The
TAC of the UE does not belong to the TACs that are
enabled with fast dormancy. 10)
P2F_CUC_REPEAT_SWITCH Whether the RNC
retransmits a CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message to a
UE that is transitioning from the CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH state to the CELL_FACH state. 1: This
switch is turned on. The RNC retransmits a CELL
UPDATE CONFIRM message to a UE that is
transitioning from the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state
to the CELL_FACH state. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RNC does not retransmit a CELL UPDATE
CONFIRM message to a UE that is transitioning from
the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to the
CELL_FACH state. 11)
UU_ABN_REL_INFO_NOTIFY_NODEB_SWITCH
Whether to notify the NodeB of the abnormal RL release
due to poor Uu interface quality. 1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC notifies the NodeB of the abnormal RL
release due to poor Uu interface quality. 0: This switch
is turned off. The RNC does not notify the NodeB of the
abnormal RL release due to poor Uu interface quality.
12)
D2F_AM_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITC
H Whether the RNC considers the D2F state transition
as successful if the RNC does not receive a response
message from the UE within the specified period after
sending a RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURTION
message to the UE in acknowledged mode (AM). 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC considers the D2F
state transition as successful if the following conditions
are met: The RNC does not receive a response from the
UE within the specified period after sending a RADIO
BEARER RECONFIGURATION message to the UE
in AM. All radio links (RLs) for the UE are out of
synchronization. The RLCs for all TRBs are in AM. If
any of the preceding conditions is not met, the RNC
undoes the D2F state transition. 0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC undoes the D2F state transition if the RNC
does not receive a response from the UE within the
specified period after sending a RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION message to the UE in AM. 13)
AM_D2F_F2D_RESTMR_OPTIMIZATION_SWIT
CH (Response Timer Optimization Switch for D2F and

WCDMA RAN

nd
F2D Procedures in AM) Length policy for the timer set

for the RNC to wait for a response message from the UE
after the RNC sends a RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION message to the UE in AM
during the D2F and F2D state transitions. 1: This switch
is turned on. The length of the timer equals its
configured value (value of the "RbRecfgRspTmr"
parameter in the "SET USTATETIMER" command)
plus four seconds. 0: This switch is turned off. The
length of this timer equals its configured value. 14)
D2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH (DT Message
Buffer Switch During D2P) Whether the RNC buffers
the DIRECT TRANSFER message sent by the CN
during the D2P state transition. 1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC buffers the DIRECT TRANSFER
message. The RNC sends a paging message to the UE
after the D2P state transition is complete and then sends
the buffered DIRECT TRANSFER message to the UE.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC forwards the
DIRECT TRANSFER message to the UE immediately
after receiving it. 15)
CM_CODE_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITCH Used to
solve code resource conflicts in compressed mode. 1:
This switch is turned on. Code resource conflicts in
compressed mode are solved. 0: This switch is turned
off. Code resource conflicts in compressed mode are not
solved. 16)
H_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_MSG_OPT_SWITCH
(Enable H Serving Cell Change MSG Size Reduction)
Whether to reduce the size of the HSDPA serving cell
change message. 1: This switch is turned on. The size
of the HSDPA serving cell change message is reduced.
0: This switch is turned off. The size of the HSDPA
serving cell change message is not reduced. 17)
FAST_HSDPA_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_SWITCH
(Fast HSDPA Serving Cell Change Optimization
Switch) Whether to enable the fast HSDPA serving cell
change optimization function. 1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC includes the IE Delay restriction flag in
the PHYSICAL CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION
message. For details about the IE Delay restriction flag,
see section 10.2.22 in 3GPP TS25.331. 0: This switch
is turned off. The RNC does not include the IE Delay
restriction flag in the PHYSICAL CHANNEL
RECONFIGURATION message. 18)
RLRST_ASU_SUCC_COUNTERS_CORRECT_SW
ITCH(SHO Counting Correction Switch in RL

WCDMA RAN

nd
Reestablish) When the RL reestablishment function is

enabled, a soft handover procedure is considered as
successful even if the ASU CMP message is not
received if RL reestablishment is triggered during the
soft handover. This parameter specifies whether to
correct the counting of successful soft handovers when
RL reestablishment is triggered during the soft
handover. 1: This switch is turned on. Such a soft
handover procedure is considered as failed. 0: This
switch is turned off. Such a soft handover procedure is
considered as successful. 19)
COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_EHN_SWITCH
Whether to enable certain state transition-related
counters to be incremented on a PS RAB basis. These
counters include the VS.DCCC.P2D.Att,
VS.DCCC.P2D.Succ, VS.DCCC.Att.D2U, and
VS.DCCC.Succ.D2U counters. 1: This switch is turned
on. These counters are incremented on a PS RAB basis.
0: This switch is turned off. These counters are
incremented on a UE basis. 20)
RAB_RELATED_COUNTER_OPT_SWITCH(RAB
Setup Failure Statistical Optimization Switch) Whether
to optimize the statistics of counters measuring RAB
setup failures and abnormal RAB releases. 1: This
switch is turned on. Under this circumstance, the
statistics of counters measuring RAB setup failures and
abnormal RAB releases are optimized. 0: This switch is
turned off. Under this circumstance, the statistics of
counters measuring RAB setup failures and abnormal
RAB releases are not optimized. 21)
CELLUPDATE_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH (Cell
Update Procedure Optimization Switch) Whether to
enable the optimized processing for the cell update
procedure. 1: This switch is set to on. The RNC supports
the overlapping of these two procedures: cell update
procedure caused by RL failure and P2D/D2P/D2F state
transition procedure. For UEs in the CELL_DCH state,
the RNC performs a cell update procedure based on the
retransmitted CELL UPDATE message if the
retransmitted message carries an SRB or TRB reset
indication. For UEs in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH
state, when the number of CELL UPDATE messages
with the cause value paging response or UL data
transmission exceeds the value specified by N381, the
RNC sends an RRC connection release message to the
UE in the cell where the UE sends the last CELL
UPDATE message. For UEs in states other than

WCDMA RAN

nd
CELL_DCH or in the middle of state transitions other

than P2D, if the SRNC receives a CELL UPDATE
message with HRNTI from a UE through the DRNC
while waiting for the UE's response to the CELL
UPDATE CONFIRM message, the SRNC considers the
message as a retransmitted one. 0. This switch is set to
off. The optimized processing for the cell update
procedure is not supported. 22)
PTT_PAGING_PRD_CRRCT_SWITCH(Correct the
Paging Retransmission for PTT Services over Uu)
Whether to correct the retransmission period of paging
messages for push to talk (PTT) services over the Uu
interface. 1: This switch is set to on, the retransmission
period of PTT services is corrected. That is, if the RNC
does not receive a paging response within 320 ms after
sending a paging message, the RNC retransmits the
paging message. 0: This switch is set to off, the
retransmission period of PTT services is not corrected.
That is, the RNC retransmits a paging message only
when it does not receive a paging response within 640
ms after sending a paging message. 23)
RRC_REL_STATUS_RSP_RAB_ASS_REQ_SWIT
CH (Respond to RAB Assignment Request upon RRC
Release) Whether the RNC processes the RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message and returns a
RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message to the CN
in the following scenario: After receiving a RAB
RELEASE REQUEST message from the RNC to
release the last RAB of a UE, the CN does not return an
IU RELEASE COMMAND message but returns a RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST instead. 1: This switch is
set to on. The RNC processes the RAB ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST message and returns a RAB
ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message to the CN in the
preceding scenario. 0: This switch is set to off. The RNC
does not process the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST
message in the preceding scenario. 24)
L2U_UP_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH (L2U UP Delay
Optimization Switch) Whether the RNC returns a
RELOCATION COMPLETE message to the CN to
start UP data transmission immediately after receiving
a HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE message
during a LTE-to-UMTS handover. 1: This switch is set
to on. The RNC immediately returns a RELOCATION
COMPLETE message to the CN in the preceding
scenario. 0: This switch is set to off. After the RNC
queries the UE's capability and the security mode

WCDMA RAN

nd
procedure is complete, the RNC returns a

RELOCATION COMPLETE message to the CN. 25)
PRI_LDR_SYSHO_OUT_USE_SELECT_OPT_SWI
TCH (Optimize UE Selection for Outgoing Inter-RAT
Handover in Basic Congestion) Whether the LDR
algorithm on the RNC side updates the attribute of
outgoing inter-RAT handover for a UE after an F2D,
P2D, or D2D state transition procedure. 1: This switch
is set to on. The LDR algorithm on the RNC side updates
the attribute of outgoing inter-RAT handover for a UE
after an F2D, P2D, or D2D state transition procedure.
In this way, the LDR algorithm on the RNC side can
select appropriate UEs for outgoing inter-RAT
handovers when the cell is in basic congestion state. 0:
This switch is set to off. The LDR algorithm on the RNC
side does not update the attribute of outgoing inter-RAT
handover for a UE after an F2D, P2D, or D2D state
transition procedure.
GUI Value Range:
SYS_RELOC_OUT_SUCC_STAT_OPT_SWITCH
(SYS_RELOC_OUT_SUCC_STAT_OPT_SWITCH),
RL_REEST_PS_ON_FACH_SWITCH
(RL_REEST_PS_ON_FACH_SWITCH),
CELLUPDATE_MEASUREMENT_OPT_SWITCH
(CELLUPDATE_MEASUREMENT_OPT_SWITCH
), D2F_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH
(D2F_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH),
F2D_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH
(F2D_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH),
FOREVER_PCH_CTRL_PLANE_SHARE_OPT
(FOREVER_PCH_CTRL_PLANE_SHARE_OPT),
FOREVER_PCH_USER_PLANE_SHARE_OPT
(FOREVER_PCH_USER_PLANE_SHARE_OPT),
(RAB_REL_SRV_CELL_CHG_CROSS_SWITCH),
SCRIWITHCAUSE_OVERLAP_SWITCH
(SCRIWITHCAUSE_OVERLAP_SWITCH),
P2F_CUC_REPEAT_SWITCH
(P2F_CUC_REPEAT_SWITCH),
(UU_ABN_REL_INFO_NOTIFY_NODEB_SWITC
H),
H
(D2F_AM_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWIT
CH),

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH
(AM_D2F_F2D_RESTMR_OPTIMIZATION_SWIT
CH), D2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH
(D2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH),
CM_CODE_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITCH
(CM_CODE_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITCH),
(H_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_MSG_OPT_SWITCH),
(FAST_HSDPA_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_SWITCH
),
ITCH
(RLRST_ASU_SUCC_COUNTERS_CORRECT_S
WITCH),
(COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_EHN_SWITCH),
RAB_RELATED_COUNTER_OPT_SWITCH
(RAB_RELATED_COUNTER_OPT_SWITCH),
CELLUPDATE_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH
(CELLUPDATE_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH),
PTT_PAGING_PRD_CRRCT_SWITCH
(PTT_PAGING_PRD_CRRCT_SWITCH),
CH
(RRC_REL_STATUS_RSP_RAB_ASS_REQ_SWIT
CH), L2U_UP_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH
(L2U_UP_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH),
TCH
(PRI_LDR_SYSHO_OUT_USE_SELECT_OPT_SW
ITCH)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
SYS_RELOC_OUT_SUCC_STAT_OPT_SWITCH,
RL_REEST_PS_ON_FACH_SWITCH,
CELLUPDATE_MEASUREMENT_OPT_SWITCH,
D2F_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH,
F2D_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH,
FOREVER_PCH_CTRL_PLANE_SHARE_OPT,
FOREVER_PCH_USER_PLANE_SHARE_OPT,
RAB_REL_SRV_CELL_CHG_CROSS_SWITCH,
SCRIWITHCAUSE_OVERLAP_SWITCH,
P2F_CUC_REPEAT_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
,
H,
CH, D2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH,
CM_CODE_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITCH,
H_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_MSG_OPT_SWITCH,
FAST_HSDPA_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_SWITCH,
ITCH,
COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_EHN_SWITCH,
RAB_RELATED_COUNTER_OPT_SWITCH,
CELLUPDATE_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH,
PTT_PAGING_PRD_CRRCT_SWITCH,
CH, L2U_UP_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH,
TCH
Default Value:
SYS_RELOC_OUT_SUCC_STAT_OPT_SWITCH:
1,RL_REEST_PS_ON_FACH_SWITCH:
0,CELLUPDATE_MEASUREMENT_OPT_SWITC
H:
0,D2F_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH:
0,F2D_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH:
0,FOREVER_PCH_CTRL_PLANE_SHARE_OPT:
0,FOREVER_PCH_USER_PLANE_SHARE_OPT:
0,RAB_REL_SRV_CELL_CHG_CROSS_SWITCH:
0,SCRIWITHCAUSE_OVERLAP_SWITCH:
0,P2F_CUC_REPEAT_SWITCH:
0,UU_ABN_REL_INFO_NOTIFY_NODEB_SWITC
H:
0,D2F_AM_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWIT
CH:
0,AM_D2F_F2D_RESTMR_OPTIMIZATION_SWI
TCH:0,D2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH:
0,CM_CODE_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITCH:
1,H_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_MSG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,FAST_HSDPA_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_SWITC
H:
0,RLRST_ASU_SUCC_COUNTERS_CORRECT_S
WITCH:
0,COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_EHN_SWITCH
:0,RAB_RELATED_COUNTER_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CELLUPDATE_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PTT_PAGING_PRD_CRRCT_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,RRC_REL_STATUS_RSP_RAB_ASS_REQ_SWI
TCH:0,L2U_UP_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PRI_LDR_SYSHO_OUT_USE_SELECT_OPT_S
WITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
Optimiz BSC691 SET WRFD- Intra Meaning: 1)

ationSwi 0 URRCT 010901 RNC SYS_RELOC_OUT_SUCC_STAT_OPT_SWITCH
tch3 RLSWI WRFD- URA Whether the RNC measures one successful handover or
TCH 0106100 Update relocation when receiving an Iu release command
6 HSDPA message with the cause value "Network Optimization"
Mobility from the CN during an outgoing relocation or outgoing
WRFD- inter-RAT handover procedure. 1: This switch is turned
020203 Manage
ment on. The RNC measures one successful handover or
WRFD- relocation. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC
010902 Inter
measures one failed handover or relocation. 2)
RNC
WRFD- RL_REEST_PS_ON_FACH_SWITCH Whether PS
Soft
010101 services are established on the FACH upon call
Handov
reestablishment. 1: This switch is turned on. PS services
WRFD- er
are established on the FACH upon a call reestablishment
010510 Inter triggered by either of the following factors: - All
WRFD- RNC downlink radio links for a UE are out of
020202 URA synchronization. - The SRB over the Uu interface is
WRFD- Update reset. 0: This switch is turned off. PS services are
010801 3GPP established on the DCH upon a call reestablishment
R9 triggered by either of the preceding factors. 3)
WRFD-
Specific CELLUPDATE_MEASUREMENT_OPT_SWITCH
010802
ations Whether the RNC repeatedly calculates the number of
3.4/6.8/1 cell update attempts. A UE sends a CELL UPDATE
3.6/27.2 message in cell 1 and then sends another in cell 2 before
Kbps receiving a CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message from
RRC the RNC or responding to the CELL UPDATE
Connect CONFIRM message. The UE completes the cell update
ion and procedure in cell 2. In the preceding scenario, 1: This
Radio switch is turned on. The RNC measures one cell update
Access attempt only. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC
Bearer repeatedly measures cell update attempts. 4)
Establis D2F_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH
hment Whether the optimized D2F procedure takes effect. 1:
and This switch is turned on. An expired D2F procedure is
Release considered as successful if either of the following
conditions is met: - The RB reconfiguration message is
Intra sent in unacknowledged mode (UM), and all the RLs in
RNC the active set receive an RL Fail indication. - The RB
Soft reconfiguration message is sent in the acknowledged
Handov mode (AM), and an ACK response is received from the
er UE. If neither of the preceding conditions is met, the
Intra D2F procedure is considered as expired. 0: This switch
RNC is turned off. The optimized D2F procedure does not
Cell take effect. This switch is set to 0 by default. 5)
Update F2D_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH
Inter Whether the optimized F2D procedure takes effect. 1:
RNC This switch is turned on. An expired F2D procedure is

WCDMA RAN

nd
Cell considered as successful if the RL status is normal. If

Update the RL status is not normal, the F2D procedure is
considered as expired. 0: This switch is turned off. The
optimized F2D procedure does not take effect. This
switch is set to 0 by default. 6)
FOREVER_PCH_CTRL_PLANE_SHARE_OPT 1:
This switch is turned on. Load sharing of UEs in the
CELL_PCH state is not triggered among SPU
subsystems and the UEs in the CELL_PCH state are
periodically released on this SPU subsystem if the
following conditions are met: - The CPU usage of the
SPU subsystem exceeds a specified threshold and
exceeds the average CPU usage of the SPU subsystems
under the RNC. - The number of online UEs in the
SPU subsystems under the RNC. 0: This switch is
turned off. Load sharing of UEs in the CELL_PCH state
is triggered among SPU subsystems if the following
conditions are met: - The CPU usage of the SPU
subsystem exceeds a specified threshold and exceeds
the average CPU usage of the SPU subsystems under
the RNC. - The number of online UEs in the
SPU subsystems under the RNC. 7)
FOREVER_PCH_USER_PLANE_SHARE_OPT 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC selects another DSP
to perform load sharing on the user plane when always
online users are activated. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RNC does not perform load sharing on the user
plane when always online users are activated. 8)
Whether the serving cell change procedure is allowed
during the release of all PS RABs. 1: This switch is
turned on. The serving cell change procedure is not
allowed during the release of all PS RABs. 0: This
switch is turned off. The serving cell change procedure
is allowed during the release of all PS RABs. 9)
SCRIWITHCAUSE_OVERLAP_SWITCH How the
RNC will react if it receives an SCRI message with the
cause value "UE Requested PS Data session end" in the
middle of another procedure. 1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC maintains the original RRC state and does
not release the connection of the related UE if the RNC
receives an SCRI message with the preceding cause
value in the middle of another procedure. 0: This switch

WCDMA RAN

nd
is turned off. The RNC releases the connection of the

UE if both of the following conditions are met: The
RNC receives an SCRI message with the preceding
cause value in the middle of another procedure. The
TAC of the UE does not belong to the TACs that are
enabled with fast dormancy. 10)
P2F_CUC_REPEAT_SWITCH Whether the RNC
retransmits a CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message to a
UE that is transitioning from the CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH state to the CELL_FACH state. 1: This
switch is turned on. The RNC retransmits a CELL
UPDATE CONFIRM message to a UE that is
transitioning from the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state
to the CELL_FACH state. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RNC does not retransmit a CELL UPDATE
CONFIRM message to a UE that is transitioning from
the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to the
CELL_FACH state. 11)
Whether to notify the NodeB of the abnormal RL release
due to poor Uu interface quality. 1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC notifies the NodeB of the abnormal RL
release due to poor Uu interface quality. 0: This switch
is turned off. The RNC does not notify the NodeB of the
abnormal RL release due to poor Uu interface quality.
12)
H Whether the RNC considers the D2F state transition
as successful if the RNC does not receive a response
message from the UE within the specified period after
sending a RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURTION
message to the UE in acknowledged mode (AM). 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC considers the D2F
state transition as successful if the following conditions
are met: The RNC does not receive a response from the
UE within the specified period after sending a RADIO
BEARER RECONFIGURATION message to the UE
in AM. All radio links (RLs) for the UE are out of
synchronization. The RLCs for all TRBs are in AM. If
any of the preceding conditions is not met, the RNC
undoes the D2F state transition. 0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC undoes the D2F state transition if the RNC
specified period after sending a RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION message to the UE in AM. 13)
CH (Response Timer Optimization Switch for D2F and

WCDMA RAN

nd
F2D Procedures in AM) Length policy for the timer set

for the RNC to wait for a response message from the UE
after the RNC sends a RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION message to the UE in AM
during the D2F and F2D state transitions. 1: This switch
is turned on. The length of the timer equals its
configured value (value of the "RbRecfgRspTmr"
parameter in the "SET USTATETIMER" command)
plus four seconds. 0: This switch is turned off. The
length of this timer equals its configured value. 14)
D2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH (DT Message
Buffer Switch During D2P) Whether the RNC buffers
the DIRECT TRANSFER message sent by the CN
during the D2P state transition. 1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC buffers the DIRECT TRANSFER
message. The RNC sends a paging message to the UE
after the D2P state transition is complete and then sends
the buffered DIRECT TRANSFER message to the UE.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC forwards the
DIRECT TRANSFER message to the UE immediately
after receiving it. 15)
CM_CODE_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITCH Used to
solve code resource conflicts in compressed mode. 1:
This switch is turned on. Code resource conflicts in
compressed mode are solved. 0: This switch is turned
off. Code resource conflicts in compressed mode are not
solved. 16)
(Enable H Serving Cell Change MSG Size Reduction)
Whether to reduce the size of the HSDPA serving cell
change message. 1: This switch is turned on. The size
of the HSDPA serving cell change message is reduced.
0: This switch is turned off. The size of the HSDPA
serving cell change message is not reduced. 17)
(Fast HSDPA Serving Cell Change Optimization
Switch) Whether to enable the fast HSDPA serving cell
change optimization function. 1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC includes the IE Delay restriction flag in
the PHYSICAL CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION
message. For details about the IE Delay restriction flag,
see section 10.2.22 in 3GPP TS25.331. 0: This switch
is turned off. The RNC does not include the IE Delay
restriction flag in the PHYSICAL CHANNEL
RECONFIGURATION message. 18)
ITCH(SHO Counting Correction Switch in RL

WCDMA RAN

nd
Reestablish) When the RL reestablishment function is

enabled, a soft handover procedure is considered as
successful even if the ASU CMP message is not
received if RL reestablishment is triggered during the
soft handover. This parameter specifies whether to
correct the counting of successful soft handovers when
RL reestablishment is triggered during the soft
handover. 1: This switch is turned on. Such a soft
handover procedure is considered as failed. 0: This
switch is turned off. Such a soft handover procedure is
considered as successful. 19)
Whether to enable certain state transition-related
counters to be incremented on a PS RAB basis. These
counters include the VS.DCCC.P2D.Att,
VS.DCCC.P2D.Succ, VS.DCCC.Att.D2U, and
VS.DCCC.Succ.D2U counters. 1: This switch is turned
on. These counters are incremented on a PS RAB basis.
0: This switch is turned off. These counters are
incremented on a UE basis. 20)
RAB_RELATED_COUNTER_OPT_SWITCH(RAB
Setup Failure Statistical Optimization Switch) Whether
to optimize the statistics of counters measuring RAB
setup failures and abnormal RAB releases. 1: This
switch is turned on. Under this circumstance, the
statistics of counters measuring RAB setup failures and
abnormal RAB releases are optimized. 0: This switch is
turned off. Under this circumstance, the statistics of
counters measuring RAB setup failures and abnormal
RAB releases are not optimized. 21)
CELLUPDATE_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH (Cell
Update Procedure Optimization Switch) Whether to
enable the optimized processing for the cell update
procedure. 1: This switch is set to on. The RNC supports
the overlapping of these two procedures: cell update
procedure caused by RL failure and P2D/D2P/D2F state
transition procedure. For UEs in the CELL_DCH state,
the RNC performs a cell update procedure based on the
retransmitted CELL UPDATE message if the
retransmitted message carries an SRB or TRB reset
indication. For UEs in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH
state, when the number of CELL UPDATE messages
with the cause value paging response or UL data
transmission exceeds the value specified by N381, the
RNC sends an RRC connection release message to the
UE in the cell where the UE sends the last CELL
UPDATE message. For UEs in states other than

WCDMA RAN

nd
CELL_DCH or in the middle of state transitions other

than P2D, if the SRNC receives a CELL UPDATE
message with HRNTI from a UE through the DRNC
while waiting for the UE's response to the CELL
UPDATE CONFIRM message, the SRNC considers the
message as a retransmitted one. 0. This switch is set to
off. The optimized processing for the cell update
procedure is not supported. 22)
PTT_PAGING_PRD_CRRCT_SWITCH(Correct the
Paging Retransmission for PTT Services over Uu)
Whether to correct the retransmission period of paging
messages for push to talk (PTT) services over the Uu
interface. 1: This switch is set to on, the retransmission
period of PTT services is corrected. That is, if the RNC
does not receive a paging response within 320 ms after
sending a paging message, the RNC retransmits the
paging message. 0: This switch is set to off, the
retransmission period of PTT services is not corrected.
That is, the RNC retransmits a paging message only
when it does not receive a paging response within 640
ms after sending a paging message. 23)
CH (Respond to RAB Assignment Request upon RRC
Release) Whether the RNC processes the RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message and returns a
RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message to the CN
in the following scenario: After receiving a RAB
RELEASE REQUEST message from the RNC to
release the last RAB of a UE, the CN does not return an
IU RELEASE COMMAND message but returns a RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST instead. 1: This switch is
set to on. The RNC processes the RAB ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST message and returns a RAB
ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message to the CN in the
preceding scenario. 0: This switch is set to off. The RNC
does not process the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST
message in the preceding scenario. 24)
L2U_UP_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH (L2U UP Delay
Optimization Switch) Whether the RNC returns a
RELOCATION COMPLETE message to the CN to
start UP data transmission immediately after receiving
a HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE message
during a LTE-to-UMTS handover. 1: This switch is set
to on. The RNC immediately returns a RELOCATION
COMPLETE message to the CN in the preceding
scenario. 0: This switch is set to off. After the RNC
queries the UE's capability and the security mode

WCDMA RAN

nd
procedure is complete, the RNC returns a

RELOCATION COMPLETE message to the CN. 25)
TCH (Optimize UE Selection for Outgoing Inter-RAT
Handover in Basic Congestion) Whether the LDR
algorithm on the RNC side updates the attribute of
outgoing inter-RAT handover for a UE after an F2D,
P2D, or D2D state transition procedure. 1: This switch
is set to on. The LDR algorithm on the RNC side updates
the attribute of outgoing inter-RAT handover for a UE
after an F2D, P2D, or D2D state transition procedure.
In this way, the LDR algorithm on the RNC side can
select appropriate UEs for outgoing inter-RAT
handovers when the cell is in basic congestion state. 0:
This switch is set to off. The LDR algorithm on the RNC
side does not update the attribute of outgoing inter-RAT
handover for a UE after an F2D, P2D, or D2D state
transition procedure.
GUI Value Range:
SYS_RELOC_OUT_SUCC_STAT_OPT_SWITCH
(SYS_RELOC_OUT_SUCC_STAT_OPT_SWITCH),
RL_REEST_PS_ON_FACH_SWITCH
(RL_REEST_PS_ON_FACH_SWITCH),
CELLUPDATE_MEASUREMENT_OPT_SWITCH
(CELLUPDATE_MEASUREMENT_OPT_SWITCH
), D2F_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH
(D2F_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH),
F2D_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH
(F2D_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH),
FOREVER_PCH_CTRL_PLANE_SHARE_OPT
(FOREVER_PCH_CTRL_PLANE_SHARE_OPT),
FOREVER_PCH_USER_PLANE_SHARE_OPT
(FOREVER_PCH_USER_PLANE_SHARE_OPT),
(RAB_REL_SRV_CELL_CHG_CROSS_SWITCH),
SCRIWITHCAUSE_OVERLAP_SWITCH
(SCRIWITHCAUSE_OVERLAP_SWITCH),
P2F_CUC_REPEAT_SWITCH
(P2F_CUC_REPEAT_SWITCH),
(UU_ABN_REL_INFO_NOTIFY_NODEB_SWITC
H),
H
(D2F_AM_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWIT
CH),

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH
(AM_D2F_F2D_RESTMR_OPTIMIZATION_SWIT
CH), D2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH
(D2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH),
CM_CODE_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITCH
(CM_CODE_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITCH),
(H_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_MSG_OPT_SWITCH),
(FAST_HSDPA_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_SWITCH
),
ITCH
(RLRST_ASU_SUCC_COUNTERS_CORRECT_S
WITCH),
(COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_EHN_SWITCH),
RAB_RELATED_COUNTER_OPT_SWITCH
(RAB_RELATED_COUNTER_OPT_SWITCH),
CELLUPDATE_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH
(CELLUPDATE_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH),
PTT_PAGING_PRD_CRRCT_SWITCH
(PTT_PAGING_PRD_CRRCT_SWITCH),
CH
(RRC_REL_STATUS_RSP_RAB_ASS_REQ_SWIT
CH), L2U_UP_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH
(L2U_UP_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH),
TCH
(PRI_LDR_SYSHO_OUT_USE_SELECT_OPT_SW
ITCH)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
SYS_RELOC_OUT_SUCC_STAT_OPT_SWITCH,
RL_REEST_PS_ON_FACH_SWITCH,
CELLUPDATE_MEASUREMENT_OPT_SWITCH,
D2F_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH,
F2D_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH,
FOREVER_PCH_CTRL_PLANE_SHARE_OPT,
FOREVER_PCH_USER_PLANE_SHARE_OPT,
RAB_REL_SRV_CELL_CHG_CROSS_SWITCH,
SCRIWITHCAUSE_OVERLAP_SWITCH,
P2F_CUC_REPEAT_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
,
H,
CH, D2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH,
CM_CODE_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITCH,
H_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_MSG_OPT_SWITCH,
FAST_HSDPA_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_SWITCH,
ITCH,
COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_EHN_SWITCH,
RAB_RELATED_COUNTER_OPT_SWITCH,
CELLUPDATE_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH,
PTT_PAGING_PRD_CRRCT_SWITCH,
CH, L2U_UP_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH,
TCH
Default Value:
SYS_RELOC_OUT_SUCC_STAT_OPT_SWITCH:
1,RL_REEST_PS_ON_FACH_SWITCH:
0,CELLUPDATE_MEASUREMENT_OPT_SWITC
H:
0,D2F_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH:
0,F2D_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH:
0,FOREVER_PCH_CTRL_PLANE_SHARE_OPT:
0,FOREVER_PCH_USER_PLANE_SHARE_OPT:
0,RAB_REL_SRV_CELL_CHG_CROSS_SWITCH:
0,SCRIWITHCAUSE_OVERLAP_SWITCH:
0,P2F_CUC_REPEAT_SWITCH:
0,UU_ABN_REL_INFO_NOTIFY_NODEB_SWITC
H:
0,D2F_AM_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZATION_SWIT
CH:
0,AM_D2F_F2D_RESTMR_OPTIMIZATION_SWI
TCH:0,D2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH:
0,CM_CODE_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITCH:
1,H_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_MSG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,FAST_HSDPA_SERV_CELL_CHANGE_SWITC
H:
0,RLRST_ASU_SUCC_COUNTERS_CORRECT_S
WITCH:
0,COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_EHN_SWITCH
:0,RAB_RELATED_COUNTER_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CELLUPDATE_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PTT_PAGING_PRD_CRRCT_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,RRC_REL_STATUS_RSP_RAB_ASS_REQ_SWI
TCH:0,L2U_UP_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PRI_LDR_SYSHO_OUT_USE_SELECT_OPT_S
WITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
PROCE BSC690 SET WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 Meaning: 1)

SSSWIT 0 URRCT 010510 3.6/27.2 AMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH (Hard
CH4 RLSWI WRFD- Kbps Handover Failure Rollback Switch for CS AMR Speech
TCH 0106090 RRC Services) 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC supports
2 Connect rollback caused by failed hard handovers of CS AMR
ion and speech services. It is recommended that the timer T312
WRFD- Radio be set to 1 second (SET UCONNMODETIMER:
010101 Access T312=1;) before turning on this switch. If the timer
WRFD- Bearer T312 is not set to 1 second, AMR noise will occur on
140226 Establis some UEs. If the AMRC feature is enabled, the RNC
WRFD- hment supports the hard handover failure rollback of only for
140103 and 12.2 kbit/s narrowband AMR services. 0: This switch is
Release turned off. The RNC does not support rollback caused
WRFD-
Combin by failed hard handovers of CS AMR speech services,
0204000
ation of leading to call drops. 2)
2
One CS RRC_CONN_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH (RRC
WRFD- CONNECTION SETUP Message Optimization
Service
140205 Switch) Whether optimization of the RRC
and One
WRFD- PS CONNECTION SETUP message takes effect. 1: This
020302 Service switch is turned on. Optimization of the RRC
CONNECTION SETUP message takes effect. If the IE
WRFD- 3GPP RLC info under SRB3 or SRB4 in the RRC
020303 R9 CONNECTION SETUP message contains the same
WRFD- Specific information as that under SRB2, the RNC replaces the
020304 ations IE RLC info under SRB3 or SRB4 with the IE same as
WRFD- Fast RB:0x2(2) to shorten the length of the message. 0: This
020305 Return switch is turned off. The RNC does not replace the IE
WRFD- from RLC info under SRB3 or SRB4 in the RRC
020306 UMTS CONNECTION SETUP message. 3)
to LTE PS_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH (Switch
for Simultaneous PS Service Setup F2D and Cell
Call
Update Procedures) During the PS service setup, the
Reestabl
RNC undoes a CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH (F2D for
ishment
short) procedure when it receives a Cell Update message
Inter with the cause value "cell reselection" during the F2D
System procedure. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC
Direct temporarily does not send the
Retry RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_RESP message to the
Voice CN after the F2D procedure is undone and waits until
Service the Cell Update message is processed and the PS service
Experie is set up successfully. 0: This switch is turned off. The
nce RNC directly responds to the CN with a
Improve RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_RESP message with
ment for the cause value "failure-in-the-radio-interface-
Weak procedure" after the F2D procedure is undone,
Receptio indicating that the PS service fails to be set up. 4)
n Ues TCP_ACK_ACCELERATOR_SWITCH (Switch for

WCDMA RAN

nd
Inter Throughput Increase in the Case of Simultaneous

Frequen Uplink and Downlink Transmissions) This switch is
cy Hard turned on to increase the total throughput in the uplink
Handov and downlink only when uplink and downlink HSPA
er Based data is transmitted simultaneously. In other scenarios,
on you are advised to turn off the switch. 1: This switch is
Coverag turned on. The function of increasing the total
e throughput in the case of simultaneous uplink and
Inter- downlink transmissions takes effect. 0: This switch is
RAT turned off. The function of increasing the total
Handov throughput in the case of simultaneous uplink and
er Based downlink transmissions does not take effect. 5)
on PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH (Switch for RL
Coverag Reestablishments During the Physical Channel
e Reconfiguration) 1: This switch is turned on. When UE
sends the RNC a Cell Update message with the cause
Inter value "Radio Link Failure", the RNC reestablishes the
Frequen radio link for the UE under the following conditions:
cy Hard The UE has not responded to the Physical Channel
Handov Reconfiguration message. The RNC detects interrupted
er Based downlink transmission on SRB2 or the NodeB reports
on DL that all radio links of the UE are out of synchronization.
QoS 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
Inter- reestablish the radio link for the UE under the preceding
RAT conditions. 6) IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH (Iur RL
Handov Reestablishment Switch) 1: This switch is turned on.
er Based The RNC deletes the existing Iur radio links for the UE
on during the RNC performing radio link reestablishment.
Service 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not delete
Inter- the existing Iur radio links during the RNC performing
RAT radio link reestablishment. 7)
Handov RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH (Switch for RL
er Based Reestablishment or Cell Update During an RB Setup)
on Load 1: This switch is turned on. When the RNC is waiting
for a UE's response during a radio bearer (RB) setup
CELL_DCH-to-CELL_DCH (D2D) procedure: The
RNC reestablishes a radio link (RL) for the UE if the
RNC detects a signaling radio bearer (SRB) reset at
layer 2 (L2) or all uplink RLs for the UE are out of
synchronization upon expiration of the RL Restore
timer. The RNC performs a cell update if the RNC
receives a CELL UPDATE message with the cause
value of RL FAILURE, RLC UNRECOVERABLE
ERROR, or REENTERED SERVICE AREA. 0: This
switch is turned off. When the RNC is waiting for a UE's
response during an RB setup D2D procedure, the RNC
does not perform an RL reestablishment or cell update

WCDMA RAN

nd
even if the trigger conditions are met. 8)

RRC_CELLFACH_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_SWITC
H (The CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH state (F2D)
transition switch by TRB reset) When the RNC receives
a TRB reset request from a UE in the CELL_FACH
state, the RNC cannot respond to the UE with a confirm
message if the FACH is congested. The
H parameter specifies whether a UE performs an F2D
transition if the number of TRB reset requests from the
UE to the RNC reaches a specified threshold. 1: This
switch is turned on. The UE moves from the
CELL_FACH state to the CELL_DCH state. 0: This
switch is turned off. The UE does not move from the
CELL_FACH state to the CELL_DCH state. This
function helps to reduce the number of call drops caused
by the RNC not responding to the TRB reset requests
during FACH congestion. 9)
SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH (MM NULL Message
Switch) Whether the RNC sends an MM NULL
message to the CS CN. If the switch
RNC_CS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH under
PROCESSSWITCH2 in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH
command is turned on, testing the interworking between
the RNC and the CN is required. If the CN needs to
verify the serial number of direct transfer messages, turn
on this switch. The RNC rather than the CS CN sends
an IDENTITY REQUEST message to a UE to obtain
its IMEI. Upon receiving an IDENTITY RESPONSE
message from the UE: 1: This switch is turned on. The
RNC sends an MM NULL message to the CS CN. 0:
This switch is turned off. The RNC does not send an
MM NULL message to the CS CN. 10)
FD_PCH_IUR_CS_OPT_SWITCH CS paging
message processing switch for UEs in the CELL_PCH
or URA_PCH state that support fast dormancy on the
drift radio network controller (DRNC) side. 1: This
switch is turned on. The SRNC instructs these UEs to
move to the CELL_DCH state and to establish CS
services when these UEs receive a CS paging message.
0: This switch is turned off. The SRNC releases the
connection of these UEs when these UEs receive a CS
paging message. 11)
CELLUPT_T314_T315_TIMEOUT_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC releases the connection of a UE in a
state other than CELL_DCH when the T314/T315 timer
in the cell update message received by the UE expires.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC continues with the

cell update processing when the T314/T315 timer in the
cell update message expires. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RNC abnormally releases the connection of the UE
when the T314/T315 timer in the cell update message
expires. 12) CS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH
(Asynchronous Reconfigure Switch for CS HHO) 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC does not put the
activation time information element (IE) in the hard
handover configuration message for CS services. After
receiving the message, the UE immediately activates the
configuration. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC
puts the activation time IE in the hard handover
configuration message for CS services. After receiving
the message, the UE activates the configuration at the
specified activation time. 13)
PS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH(Asynchronous
Reconfigure Switch for PS HHO) 1: This switch is
turned on. The RNC does not put the activation time
information element (IE) in the hard handover
configuration message for PS services. After receiving
the message, the UE immediately activates the
IUR_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH(Asynchronous
Reconfigure Switch for Iur HHO) 1: This switch is
configuration message across the Iur interface. After
receiving the message, the UE activates the
configuration at the specified activation time. 15)
R8_UE_SEL_DPUE_SWITCH (Switch for
Preferentially Allocating DPUe Resources to UEs That
Comply with 3GPP Release 8 or Later) 1: This switch
is turned on. The RNC preferentially allocates DPUe
resources in any subrack to UEs that comply with 3GPP
Release 8 or later. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC
preferentially allocates DPU resources in the subrack
that the UEs access to UEs that comply with 3GPP
Release 8 or later. The RNC allocates DPU resources in

WCDMA RAN

nd
other subracks only when the amount of consumed DPU

resources in this subrack exceeds a preset threshold for
inter-subrack resource sharing. 16)
F2P_DATATRANS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH(Switch
for Optimized Data Transmission before a State
Transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH) Whether the RNC queries the RLC state
before and after a UE moves from the CELL_FACH
state to the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state due to event
4B. A UE in the CELL_FACH state can move to the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state even when there is
downlink data transmission for the UE. When this
occurs, data packets are suspended on the RNC side.
This switch is introduced to solve this problem. 1: This
switch is turned on. The RNC queries the RLC state
before a UE moves from the CELL_FACH state to the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state due to event 4B. If the
state query fails, the UE does not perform the state
transition. If the state query succeeds, the UE continues
with the state transition. The RNC queries the RLC state
again after the state transition is complete and before the
L2 link is deactivated. If there is SRB3, SRB4, or TRB
data to be transmitted to the UE on the RLC, the paging
procedure is triggered. 0: This switch is turned off. The
original state transition from CELL_FACH to
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH is used. This parameter is an
advanced parameter. To modify this parameter, contact
Huawei Customer Service Center for technical support.
17)IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH
(Switch for RL Reestablishments During the inter-RAT
Handover) 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC
reestablishes a radio link (RL) for the UE during a inter-
RAT Handover procedure if the RNC detects a signaling
radio bearer (SRB) reset at layer 2 (L2) or all uplink RLs
for the UE are out of synchronization upon expiration
of the RL Restore timer after the RNC sends UE a
HANDOVER FROM UTRAN COMMAND message
or a CELL CHANGE ORDER FROM UTRAN
message and UE fails to receive these two messages. 0:
This switch is turned off. The RNC does not reestablish
the radio link for the UE under the preceding conditions.
18)TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH(Switch for
RL Reestablishments Triggered by TRB RESET) 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC reestablishes a radio
link (RL) for the UE if the RNC detects a traffic radio
bearer (TRB) reset at layer 2 (L2) under the following
conditions: UE is in CELL_DCH state and UE is not in

WCDMA RAN

nd
any signaling procedure. UE has only one PS RAB. 0:

19)RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH(Switch for RL
Reestablishments During a PS RB Release) 1: This
switch is turned on. The RNC reestablishes a radio link
(RL) for the UE during a PS radio bearer (RB) release
procedure under the following conditions: The RNC
detects a signaling radio bearer (SRB) reset at layer 2
(L2) or all uplink RLs for the UE are out of
timer or UE has no response to RNC after RNC sends
UE a RADIO BEARER RELEASE message. The UE
has both CS RAB and PS RAB. The UE is in
CELL_DCH state. It is recommended that this switch
be used together with the
RB_RLREEST_AM_TRB_RLC_REEST_SWITCH
in the "OptimizationSwitch4" parameter in the "SET
URRCTRLSWITCH" command. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC does not reestablish the radio link
for the UE under the preceding conditions. 20)
RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH
(Switch for Enhanced RL Reestablishments During an
RB setup) 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC
reestablishes a radio link (RL) for the UE during a radio
bearer (RB) setup CELL_DCH-to-CELL_DCH (D2D)
timer and the UE has received the RADIO BEARER
SETUP message. The UE has no response to the RNC
after the RNC sends UE a RADIO BEARER SETUP
message. The switch
RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH under
"PROCESSSWITCH4" in the "SET
URRCTRLSWITCH" command should be turned on.
And it is recommended that the
and
WITCH in the "OptimizationSwitch4" parameter in the
"SET URRCTRLSWITCH" command be set to on. 0:
21)RAB_SETUPMOD_CNT_FIX_SWITCH Whether
to correct the methods for measuring the counters

WCDMA RAN

nd
related to RAB setup or reconfiguration failures of UEs

in the CELL_FACH state. The RAB setup or
reconfiguration is triggered by the F2F or F2D state
transition. This switch is turned off by default. 1: This
switch is turned on. The measurement methods of these
counters are corrected based on the measurement points.
0: This switch is turned off. The measurement methods
of these counters remain unchanged. 22)
PCH_UE_RLC_UNRECOVERABLEERROR_SWIT
CH Whether to reestablish the call for the UE that sends
a CELL UPDATE message with the cause value "RLC
unrecoverable error" in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH
state. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC reestablishes
the call for the UE that sends a CELL UPDATE message
with the cause value "RLC unrecoverable error" in the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC does not reestablish the call for the
UE that sends a CELL UPDATE message with the cause
value "RLC unrecoverable error" in the CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH state. 23)
FAST_RETURN_LTE_BY_CELL_SELECT_SWIT
CH Whether a UMTS/LTE UE performs fast cell
reselection. 1: This switch is turned on. If the best cell
is configured with a neighboring LTE cell and its
priority is lower than the priority of the neighboring
LTE cell, the UE performs fast cell reselection. 0: This
switch is turned off. The UE does not perform fast cell
reselection. 24)
UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH
Whether a UMTS/LTE UE transits from CELL_DCH
to CELL_PCH or from CELL_DCH to the idle mode
when an inactivity timer expires. The inactivity timer is
specified by the PsInactTmrForFstDrmDch parameter
in the SET UPSINACTTIMER command. 1: This
switch is turned on. The UMTS/LTE UE transits from
CELL_DCH to the idle mode when the inactivity timer
expires. 0: This switch is turned off. The UMTS/LTE
UE transits from the CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH when
the inactivity timer expires. 25)
PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH
Whether the enhanced function of call reestablishment
during physical channel reconfiguration takes effect.
Whether to preferentially process a CELL UPDATE
message when physical channel reconfiguration is in
progress. The RNC receives a CELL UPDATE message
from a UE with a cause value of "radio link failure",
"RLC unrecoverable error", or "re-entering service

WCDMA RAN

nd
area" when expecting a response from the UE to the

physical channel reconfiguration process. In this
scenario, 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC
preferentially processes the CELL UPDATE message.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
preferentially process the CELL UPDATE message.
This parameter takes effect only when the
PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH check
box under the "PROCESSSWITCH4" parameter in the
"SET URRCTRLSWITCH" command is selected. 26)
RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH Whether the
enhanced function of call reestablishment during RB
reconfiguration takes effect. Whether to preferentially
process a CELL UPDATE message when RB
reconfiguration is in progress. The RNC receives a
CELL UPDATE message from a UE with a cause value
of "radio link failure", "RLC unrecoverable error", or
"re-entering service area" when expecting a response
from the UE to the RB reconfiguration process. In this
It is recommended that this switch be used together with
the
turned off. The RNC does not preferentially process the
CELL UPDATE message. This parameter takes effect
only when the RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH
check box under the "OptimizationSwitch" parameter
in the "SET URRCTRLSWITCH" command is
selected. 27)SMC_STOP_RLC_SWITCH Whether to
stop RLC entities (except RLC entities used by SRB2)
for security-mode-enabled UEs whose user signaling
(except cell-related signaling) is processed by their
overflow RNCs due to load sharing and that are in the
security mode. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC
stops RLC entities (except RLC entities used by SRB2)
for such UEs. This prevents call drops that are caused
by the ciphering activation time inconsistency between
the UEs and RNC. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC
suspends RLC entities (except RLC entities used by
SRB2) for such UEs. 28)
GTP_SN_IN_RAB_REL_INIT_BY_UTRAN_SWIT
CH Whether the RAB RELEASE REQUEST or IU
RELEASE COMPLETE message carries the IE GTP
PDU SN during the release procedure initiated by the

WCDMA RAN

nd
UTRAN of the PS domain. 1: This switch is turned on.

The RAB RELEASE REQUEST or IU RELEASE
COMPLETE message carries the IE GTP PDU SN. For
details, see 3GPP TS 25.413. 0: This switch is turned
off. The RAB RELEASE REQUEST or IU RELEASE
COMPLETE message does not carry the IE GTP PDU
SN. 29)CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWITCH
Whether to allow the compatibility processing of
reordering the GTP-U DL transmission if the RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message carries the IE
Delivery Order with the value of delivery-order-
requested. 1: This switch is turned on. The GTP-U DL
transmission is not reordered. 0: This switch is turned
off. The GTP-U DL transmission uses the DL GTP PDU
SN carried by the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST
message as the first SN for reordering. 30)
DL_TRB_RESET_BUFF_SWITCH Whether not to
immediately process a TRB RESET message if the
corresponding TRB resets when an RRC-related
process is in progress. Note that the RRC-related
process is a process that is initiated after the UE in
question has set up a service. 1: This switch is turned
on, The RNC processes the message after the RRC-
related process is complete. 0: This switch is turned off,
The RNC immediately processes the message, releases
the RAB of the UE, and notifies the CN that the release
is an abnormal release. 31)
RRC_CELLFACH_DL_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_SW
ITCH Whether to trigger a CELL_FACH-to-
CELL_DCH state transition for a UE not performing
any RRC-related process if the RNC detects a TRB
reset. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC triggers a
CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH state transition for such
a UE upon detecting a TRB reset. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC directly releases the service of the
UE and notifies the CN that the release is an abnormal
release. 32)
RAB_ASS_MOD_TNL_ADDR_SUP_SWITCH
Whether to allow data transmission when the RNC
receives a RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message
that carries the transport layer information after the PS
service has been established. 1: This switch is turned on.
The RNC reconfigures the transport layer information
and continues with data transmission. For details, see
3GPP TS 25.413. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC
does not reconfigure the transport layer information and
data cannot be transmitted.

WCDMA RAN

nd
GUI Value Range:

PS_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH,
AMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH,
PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH,
IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
RRC_CONN_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH,
TCP_ACK_ACCELERATOR_SWITCH,
H, SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH,
FD_PCH_IUR_CS_OPT_SWITCH,
CELLUPT_T314_T315_TIMEOUT_OPT_SWITCH,
CS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH,
PS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH,
IUR_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH,
R8_UE_SEL_DPUE_SWITCH,
F2P_DATATRANS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH,
IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
RAB_SETUPMOD_CNT_FIX_SWITCH,
CH,
CH,
UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH,
PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
SMC_STOP_RLC_SWITCH,
CH, CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWITCH,
DL_TRB_RESET_BUFF_SWITCH,
ITCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
R8_UE_SEL_DPUE_SWITCH,
CH,
CH,
ITCH,
Default Value:
PS_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH:
0,AMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH:
0,PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH:
0,IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RRC_CONN_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH:
0,TCP_ACK_ACCELERATOR_SWITCH:
0,RRC_CELLFACH_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_SWIT
CH:0,SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH:
0,FD_PCH_IUR_CS_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CELLUPT_T314_T315_TIMEOUT_OPT_SWITC
H:0,CS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,PS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,IUR_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,R8_UE_SEL_DPUE_SWITCH:
0,F2P_DATATRANS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
0,IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RAB_SETUPMOD_CNT_FIX_SWITCH:
0,PCH_UE_RLC_UNRECOVERABLEERROR_SWI
TCH:
0,FAST_RETURN_LTE_BY_CELL_SELECT_SWI
TCH:
0,UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH:
0,PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,SMC_STOP_RLC_SWITCH:
1,GTP_SN_IN_RAB_REL_INIT_BY_UTRAN_SWI
TCH:1,CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWITCH:
0,DL_TRB_RESET_BUFF_SWITCH:
0,RRC_CELLFACH_DL_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_S
WITCH:
0,RAB_ASS_MOD_TNL_ADDR_SUP_SWITCH:1

WCDMA RAN

nd
Process BSC691 SET WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 Meaning: 1)

Switch4 0 URRCT 010510 3.6/27.2 AMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH (Hard
RLSWI WRFD- Kbps Handover Failure Rollback Switch for CS AMR Speech
TCH 0106090 RRC Services) 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC supports
2 Connect rollback caused by failed hard handovers of CS AMR
ion and speech services. It is recommended that the timer T312
WRFD- Radio be set to 1 second (SET UCONNMODETIMER:
010101 Access T312=1;) before turning on this switch. If the timer
WRFD- Bearer T312 is not set to 1 second, AMR noise will occur on
140226 Establis some UEs. If the AMRC feature is enabled, the RNC
WRFD- hment supports the hard handover failure rollback of only for
140103 and 12.2 kbit/s narrowband AMR services. 0: This switch is
Release turned off. The RNC does not support rollback caused
WRFD-
Combin by failed hard handovers of CS AMR speech services,
0204000
ation of leading to call drops. 2)
2
One CS RRC_CONN_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH (RRC
WRFD- CONNECTION SETUP Message Optimization
Service
140205 Switch) Whether optimization of the RRC
and One
WRFD- PS CONNECTION SETUP message takes effect. 1: This
020302 Service switch is turned on. Optimization of the RRC
CONNECTION SETUP message takes effect. If the IE
WRFD- 3GPP RLC info under SRB3 or SRB4 in the RRC
020303 R9 CONNECTION SETUP message contains the same
WRFD- Specific information as that under SRB2, the RNC replaces the
020304 ations IE RLC info under SRB3 or SRB4 with the IE same as
WRFD- Fast RB:0x2(2) to shorten the length of the message. 0: This
020305 Return switch is turned off. The RNC does not replace the IE
WRFD- from RLC info under SRB3 or SRB4 in the RRC
020306 UMTS CONNECTION SETUP message. 3)
to LTE PS_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH (Switch
for Simultaneous PS Service Setup F2D and Cell
Call
Update Procedures) During the PS service setup, the
Reestabl
RNC undoes a CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH (F2D for
ishment
short) procedure when it receives a Cell Update message
Inter with the cause value "cell reselection" during the F2D
System procedure. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC
Direct temporarily does not send the
Retry RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_RESP message to the
Voice CN after the F2D procedure is undone and waits until
Service the Cell Update message is processed and the PS service
Experie is set up successfully. 0: This switch is turned off. The
nce RNC directly responds to the CN with a
Improve RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_RESP message with
ment for the cause value "failure-in-the-radio-interface-
Weak procedure" after the F2D procedure is undone,
Receptio indicating that the PS service fails to be set up. 4)
n Ues TCP_ACK_ACCELERATOR_SWITCH (Switch for

WCDMA RAN

nd
Inter Throughput Increase in the Case of Simultaneous uplink

Frequen and downlink Transmissions) This switch is turned on
cy Hard to increase the total throughput in the uplink and
Handov downlink only when uplink and downlink HSPA data
er Based is transmitted simultaneously. In other scenarios, you
on are advised to turn off the switch. 1: This switch is
Coverag turned on. The function of increasing the total
e throughput in the case of simultaneous uplink and
Inter- downlink transmissions takes effect. 0: This switch is
RAT turned off. The function of increasing the total
Handov throughput in the case of simultaneous uplink and
er Based downlink transmissions does not take effect. 5)
on PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH (Switch for RL
Coverag Reestablishments During the Physical Channel
e Reconfiguration) 1: This switch is turned on. The UE
sends the RNC a Cell Update message with the cause
Inter value "Radio Link Failure" and the RNC reestablishes
Frequen the radio link for the UE under the following conditions:
cy Hard The UE has not responded to the Physical Channel
Handov Reconfiguration message. The RNC detects interrupted
er Based downlink transmission on SRB2 or the NodeB reports
on DL that all radio links of the UE are out of synchronization.
QoS 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
Inter- reestablish the radio link for the UE under the preceding
RAT conditions. 6) IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH (Iur RL
Handov Reestablishment Switch) 1: This switch is turned on.
er Based The RNC deletes the existing Iur radio links for the UE
on during the RNC performing radio link reestablishment.
Service 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not delete
Inter- the existing Iur radio links during the RNC performing
RAT radio link reestablishment. 7)
Handov RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH (Switch for RL
er Based Reestablishment or Cell Update During an RB Setup)
on Load 1: This switch is turned on. When the RNC is waiting
for a UE's response during a radio bearer (RB) setup
CELL_DCH-to-CELL_DCH (D2D) procedure: The
RNC reestablishes a radio link (RL) for the UE if the
RNC detects a signaling radio bearer (SRB) reset at
layer 2 (L2) or all uplink RLs for the UE are out of
timer. The RNC performs a cell update if the RNC
receives a CELL UPDATE message with the cause
value of RL FAILURE, RLC UNRECOVERABLE
ERROR, or REENTERED SERVICE AREA. 0: This
switch is turned off. When the RNC is waiting for a UE's
response during an RB setup D2D procedure, the RNC
does not perform an RL reestablishment or cell update

WCDMA RAN

nd
even if the trigger conditions are met. 8)

H (The CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH state (F2D)
transition switch by TRB reset) When the RNC receives
a TRB reset request from a UE in the CELL_FACH
state, the RNC cannot respond to the UE with a confirm
message if the FACH is congested. The
H parameter specifies whether a UE performs an F2D
transition if the number of TRB reset requests from the
UE to the RNC reaches a specified threshold. 1: This
switch is turned on. The UE moves from the
CELL_FACH state to the CELL_DCH state. 0: This
switch is turned off. The UE does not move from the
CELL_FACH state to the CELL_DCH state. This
function helps to reduce the number of call drops caused
by the RNC not responding to the TRB reset requests
during FACH congestion. 9)
SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH (MM NULL Message
Switch) Whether the RNC sends an MM NULL
message to the CS CN. If the switch
RNC_CS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH under
PROCESSSWITCH2 in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH
command is turned on, testing the interworking between
the RNC and the CN is required. If the CN needs to
verify the serial number of direct transfer messages, turn
on this switch. The RNC rather than the CS CN sends
an IDENTITY REQUEST message to a UE to obtain
its IMEI. Upon receiving an IDENTITY RESPONSE
message from the UE: 1: This switch is turned on. The
RNC sends an MM NULL message to the CS CN. 0:
This switch is turned off. The RNC does not send an
MM NULL message to the CS CN. 10)
FD_PCH_IUR_CS_OPT_SWITCH CS paging
message processing switch for UEs in the CELL_PCH
or URA_PCH state that support fast dormancy on the
drift radio network controller (DRNC) side. 1: This
switch is turned on. The SRNC instructs these UEs to
move to the CELL_DCH state and to establish CS
services when these UEs receive a CS paging message.
0: This switch is turned off. The SRNC releases the
connection of these UEs when these UEs receive a CS
paging message. 11)
CELLUPT_T314_T315_TIMEOUT_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC releases the connection of a UE in a
state other than CELL_DCH when the T314/T315 timer
in the cell update message received by the UE expires.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC continues with the

cell update processing when the T314/T315 timer in the
cell update message expires. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RNC abnormally releases the connection of the UE
when the T314/T315 timer in the cell update message
expires. 12) CS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH
(Asynchronous Reconfigure Switch for CS HHO) 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC does not put the
activation time information element (IE) in the hard
handover configuration message for CS services. After
configuration message for CS services. After receiving
PS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH(Asynchronous
Reconfigure Switch for PS HHO) 1: This switch is
the message, the UE immediately activates the
IUR_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH(Asynchronous
Reconfigure Switch for Iur HHO) 1: This switch is
receiving the message, the UE activates the
configuration at the specified activation time. 15)
F2P_DATATRANS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH(Switch
for Optimized Data Transmission before a State
Transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH) Whether the RNC queries the RLC state
before and after a UE moves from the CELL_FACH
state to the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state due to event
4B. A UE in the CELL_FACH state can move to the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state even when there is
downlink data transmission for the UE. When this

WCDMA RAN

nd
occurs, data packets are suspended on the RNC side.

This switch is introduced to solve this problem. 1: This
switch is turned on. The RNC queries the RLC state
before a UE moves from the CELL_FACH state to the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state due to event 4B. If the
state query fails, the UE does not perform the state
transition. If the state query succeeds, the UE continues
with the state transition. The RNC queries the RLC state
again after the state transition is complete and before the
L2 link is deactivated. If there is SRB3, SRB4, or TRB
data to be transmitted to the UE on the RLC, the paging
procedure is triggered. 0: This switch is turned off. The
original state transition from CELL_FACH to
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH is used. This parameter is an
advanced parameter. To modify this parameter, contact
Huawei Customer Service Center for technical support.
16)IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH
(Switch for RL Reestablishments During the inter-RAT
Handover) 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC
reestablishes a radio link (RL) for the UE during a inter-
RAT Handover procedure if the RNC detects a signaling
radio bearer (SRB) reset at layer 2 (L2) or all uplink RLs
for the UE are out of synchronization upon expiration
of the RL Restore timer after the RNC sends UE a
HANDOVER FROM UTRAN COMMAND message
or a CELL CHANGE ORDER FROM UTRAN
message and UE fails to receive these two messages. 0:
17)TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH(Switch for
RL Reestablishments Triggered by TRB RESET) 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC reestablishes a radio
link (RL) for the UE if the RNC detects a traffic radio
bearer (TRB) reset at layer 2 (L2) under the following
conditions: UE is in CELL_DCH state and UE is not in
any signaling procedure. UE has only one PS RAB. 0:
18)RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH(Switch for RL
Reestablishments During a PS RB Release) 1: This
switch is turned on. The RNC reestablishes a radio link
(RL) for the UE during a PS radio bearer (RB) release
timer or UE has no response to RNC after RNC sends

WCDMA RAN

nd
UE a RADIO BEARER RELEASE message. The UE

has both CS RAB and PS RAB. The UE is in
CELL_DCH state. It is recommended that this switch
be used together with the
turned off. The RNC does not reestablish the radio link
for the UE under the preceding conditions. 19)
RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH
(Switch for Enhanced RL Reestablishments During an
RB setup) 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC
reestablishes a radio link (RL) for the UE during a radio
bearer (RB) setup CELL_DCH-to-CELL_DCH (D2D)
timer and the UE has received the RADIO BEARER
SETUP message. The UE has no response to the RNC
after the RNC sends UE a RADIO BEARER SETUP
message. The switch
RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH under
"PROCESSSWITCH4" in the "SET
URRCTRLSWITCH" command should be turned on.
And it is recommended that the
and
WITCH in the "OptimizationSwitch4" parameter in the
"SET URRCTRLSWITCH" command be set to on. 0:
20)RAB_SETUPMOD_CNT_FIX_SWITCH Whether
to correct the methods for measuring the counters
related to RAB setup or reconfiguration failures of UEs
in the CELL_FACH state. The RAB setup or
reconfiguration is triggered by the F2F or F2D state
transition. This switch is turned off by default. 1: This
switch is turned on. The measurement methods of these
counters are corrected based on the measurement points.
0: This switch is turned off. The measurement methods
of these counters remain unchanged. 21)
CH(RL Reestablishment Switch for PCH UEs
Experiencing RLC Unrecoverable Errors) Whether the
RNC reestablishes the radio link (RL) for the UE in the

WCDMA RAN

nd
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state after receiving a cell

update message with the cause value "RLC
unrecoverable error" from the UE. 1: This switch is set
to on. When a UE in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state
sends a cell update message with the cause value "RLC
unrecoverable error", the RNC reestablishes the RL for
the UE. 0: This switch is set to off. When a UE in the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state sends a cell update
message with the cause value "RLC unrecoverable
error", the RNC does not reestablish the RL for the UE.
22)
CH Whether a UMTS/LTE UE performs fast cell
reselection. 1: This switch is turned on. If the best cell
is configured with a neighboring LTE cell and its
priority is lower than the priority of the neighboring
LTE cell, the UE performs fast cell reselection. 0: This
switch is turned off. The UE does not perform fast cell
reselection. 23)
UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH
Whether a UMTS/LTE UE transits from CELL_DCH
to CELL_PCH or from CELL_DCH to the idle mode
when an inactivity timer expires. The inactivity timer is
specified by the PsInactTmrForFstDrmDch parameter
in the SET UPSINACTTIMER command. 1: This
switch is turned on. The UMTS/LTE UE transits from
CELL_DCH to the idle mode when the inactivity timer
expires. 0: This switch is turned off. The UMTS/LTE
UE transits from the CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH when
the inactivity timer expires. 24)
PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH
Whether the enhanced function of call reestablishment
during physical channel reconfiguration takes effect.
Whether to preferentially process a CELL UPDATE
message when physical channel reconfiguration is in
progress. The RNC receives a CELL UPDATE message
from a UE with a cause value of "radio link failure",
"RLC unrecoverable error", or "re-entering service
area" when expecting a response from the UE to the
physical channel reconfiguration process. In this
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
preferentially process the CELL UPDATE message.
PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH check
box under the "PROCESSSWITCH4" parameter in the

WCDMA RAN

nd
"SET URRCTRLSWITCH" command is selected. 25)

RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH Whether the
enhanced function of call reestablishment during RB
reconfiguration takes effect. Whether to preferentially
process a CELL UPDATE message when RB
reconfiguration is in progress. The RNC receives a
CELL UPDATE message from a UE with a cause value
of "radio link failure", "RLC unrecoverable error", or
"re-entering service area" when expecting a response
from the UE to the RB reconfiguration process. In this
It is recommended that this switch be used together with
the
turned off. The RNC does not preferentially process the
CELL UPDATE message in the preceding scenario.
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH check box under
the "OptimizationSwitch" parameter in the "SET
URRCTRLSWITCH" command is selected. 26)
SMC_STOP_RLC_SWITCH Whether to stop RLC
entities (except RLC entities used by SRB2) for
security-mode-enabled UEs whose user signaling
(except cell-related signaling) is processed by their
overflow RNCs due to load sharing and that are in the
security mode. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC
stops RLC entities (except RLC entities used by SRB2)
for such UEs. This prevents call drops that are caused
by the ciphering activation time inconsistency between
the UEs and RNC. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC
suspends RLC entities (except RLC entities used by
SRB2) for such UEs. 27)
CH Whether the RAB RELEASE REQUEST or IU
RELEASE COMPLETE message carries the IE GTP
PDU SN during the release procedure initiated by the
UTRAN of the PS domain. 1: This switch is turned on.
The RAB RELEASE REQUEST or IU RELEASE
COMPLETE message carries the IE GTP PDU SN. For
details, see 3GPP TS 25.413. 0: This switch is turned
off. The RAB RELEASE REQUEST or IU RELEASE
COMPLETE message does not carry the IE GTP PDU
SN. 28)CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWITCH
Whether to allow the compatibility processing of

WCDMA RAN

nd
reordering the GTP-U DL transmission if the RAB

ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message carries the IE
Delivery Order with the value of delivery-order-
requested. 1: This switch is turned on. The GTP-U DL
transmission is not reordered. 0: This switch is turned
off. The GTP-U DL transmission uses the DL GTP PDU
SN carried by the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST
message as the first SN for reordering. 29)
DL_TRB_RESET_BUFF_SWITCH Whether not to
immediately process a TRB RESET message if the
corresponding TRB resets when an RRC-related
process is in progress. Note that the RRC-related
process is a process that is initiated after the UE in
question has set up a service. 1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC processes the message after the RRC-
related process is complete. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RNC immediately processes the message, releases
the RAB of the UE, and notifies the CN that the release
is an abnormal release. 30)
ITCH Whether to trigger a CELL_FACH-to-
CELL_DCH state transition for a UE not performing
any RRC-related process if the RNC detects a TRB
reset. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC triggers a
CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH state transition for such
a UE upon detecting a TRB reset. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC directly releases the service of the
UE and notifies the CN that the release is an abnormal
release. 31)
Whether to allow data transmission when the RNC
receives a RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message
that carries the transport layer information after the PS
service has been established. 1: This switch is turned on.
The RNC reconfigures the transport layer information
and continues with data transmission. For details, see
3GPP TS 25.413. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC
does not reconfigure the transport layer information and
data cannot be transmitted.
GUI Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH,
CH,
ITCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH,
CH,
ITCH,
Default Value:
PS_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH:
0,AMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH:
0,PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH:
0,IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RRC_CONN_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH:
0,TCP_ACK_ACCELERATOR_SWITCH:
0,RRC_CELLFACH_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_SWIT
CH:0,SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH:
0,FD_PCH_IUR_CS_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CELLUPT_T314_T315_TIMEOUT_OPT_SWITC
H:0,CS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,PS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,IUR_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,F2P_DATATRANS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
0,IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RAB_SETUPMOD_CNT_FIX_SWITCH:
0,PCH_UE_RLC_UNRECOVERABLEERROR_SWI
TCH:
0,FAST_RETURN_LTE_BY_CELL_SELECT_SWI
TCH:
0,UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH:
0,PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,SMC_STOP_RLC_SWITCH:
1,GTP_SN_IN_RAB_REL_INIT_BY_UTRAN_SWI
TCH:1,CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWITCH:
0,DL_TRB_RESET_BUFF_SWITCH:
0,RRC_CELLFACH_DL_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_S
WITCH:
0,RAB_ASS_MOD_TNL_ADDR_SUP_SWITCH:1

WCDMA RAN

nd
Improve BSC690 SET WRFD- Dynami Meaning: 1)

mentSwi 0 URRCT 021101 c CONVERT_RELOC_FAIL_CAUSE_SWITCH
tch RLSWI WRFD- Channel Whether to convert a specific cause value in the Cause
TCH 020605 Configu IE in a RELOCATION FAILURE message into "No
ration Radio Resources Available in Target cell (53)" if an
WRFD- Control incoming SRNS relocation fails due to insufficient code
010510 (DCCC) or CE resources in the target UMTS cell. The original
WRFD- cause value can be "Requested Maximum Bit Rate not
SRNS
010651 Available(20)", "Requested Maximum Bit Rate for DL
Relocati
WRFD- on not Available(33)", "Requested Maximum Bit Rate for
140103 Introduc UL not Available(34)", "Requested Guaranteed Bit
tion Rate not Available(21)", "Requested Guaranteed Bit
WRFD-
Package Rate for DL not Available(35)", or "Requested
010610
Guaranteed Bit Rate for UL not Available(36)." 1: This
WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 switch is turned on. The RNC converts the cause value
010612 3.6/27.2 in the preceding scenario and sends the CN a
WRFD- Kbps RELOCATION FAILURE message. 0: This switch is
0106150 RRC turned off. The RNC sends the CN a RELOCATION
2 Connect FAILUR message with the original cause value. 2)
ion and DEAL_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ_FIRST_SWITCH
WRFD- Radio Whether to immediately process an SRNS CONTEXT
010801 Access REQUEST message when expecting a RADIO
WRFD- Bearer BEARER RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE
010802 Establis message from a UE. The RNC is expecting the RADIO
WRFD- hment BEARER RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE
011402 and message because the RNC is performing RB
Release reconfiguration of a CELL_DCH-to-CELL_FACH
WRFD-
0106150 HSDPA state transition for the UE. 1: This switch is turned on.
4 over Iur The RNC immediately process the SRNS CONTEXT
REQUEST message. 0: This switch is turned off. The
Call
RNC does not immediately process the SRNS
Reestabl
CONTEXT REQUEST message. Instead, the RNC
ishment
continues to wait for the RADIO BEARER
HSDPA RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE message. 3)
Introduc DELAY_DRNC_CODE_REL_SWITCH Whether to
tion enable the DRNC to delay releasing code resources
Package when Iur links are set up. 1: This switch is turned on.
HSUPA The DRNC delays releasing code resources and the
Introduc delay is 100 ms or x, whichever is smaller. x equals the
tion sum of 35 ms and the unidirectional Iub-interface FP
Package delay. 0: This switch is turned off. The DRNC releases
code resources when required. 4)
Combin ROUT_IDT_BY_ROUTING_PARA_SWITCH
ation of Whether to enable the RNC to select a CN node based
One CS on the "Routing parameter" IE included in the INITIAL
Service DIRECT TRANSFER message exchanged every time
and Two a CS service is set up for CS+PS combined services

WCDMA RAN

nd
PS when Iu Flex is applied. 1: This switch is turned on. The

Services RNC selects a CN node in the preceding way. 0: This
Intra switch is turned off. The RNC selects a CN node based
RNC on the "Routing parameter" IE included in the INITIAL
Cell DIRECT TRANSFER message exchanged the first time
Update a CS service is set up for CS+PS combined services if
Iu Flex is applied. 5)
Inter COUNT_CS_REC_IU_REL_CMD_SWITCH
RNC Whether to increase the values of specific counters by
Cell one when the RNC receives an IU RELEASE
Update COMMAND message from the CS domain and an inter-
Encrypti RAT handover for CS+PS combined services is in
on progress. These counters are VS.CS.Erlang.RNC,
Combin VS.AMR.Erlang.BestCell, VS.RB.AMR.UL.4.75, and
ation of VS.RB.AMR.DL.4.75. 1: This switch is turned on. The
One CS values of the previously mentioned counters are
Service increased by one in the preceding scenario. 0: This
and switch is turned off. The values of these counters are
Three increased by one when the RNC receives an IU
PS RELEASE COMMAND message from the CS and PS
Services domains of the CN and an inter-RAT handover for CS
+PS combined services is in progress. 6)
SEND_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_CCH_SWITCH
Whether to refuse to send a UE CAPABILITY
ENQUIRY message to a UE that is not in the
CELL_DCH state and is performing an incoming SRNS
relocation. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does
not send the message to the UE. 0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC sends the message to the UE. 7)
REL_IUR_CCH_BEFORE_DSCR_SWITCH
Whether to immediately release the data of a UE from
an Iur common channel if the UE initiates the DSCR
process. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC
immediately releases the data of a UE from an Iur
common channel if the UE initiates the DSCR process.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC releases the data
of the UE from the Iur common channel after the UE
completes the DSCR process. 8)
RELOC_CIPHER_PENDING_COMPATI_SWITCH
Whether to refuse to initiate the serving RNS relocation
procedure for Blackberry UEs that are in the
CELL_DCH state and in the ciphering pending state. 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC does not initiate the
procedure for such UEs. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RNC initiates the procedure for such UEs. 9)
COUNT_SPECIAL_RAB_ATT_SWITCH Whether to
increase the values of service setup attempt-related

WCDMA RAN

nd
counters by one in special scenarios. These counters are

VS.RAB.AttEstab.AMR,
VS.RAB.AttEstabCS.AMRWB, and
VS.RAB.AttEstCS.Conv.64. The special scenarios are
as follows: Scenario 1: If the RNC receives a RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message from the CN after
initiating the SRNS relocation procedure, the RNC
responds with a RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE
message instead of processing the RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message. Scenario 2: The
MBDR algorithm is activated. The RNC receives two
RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST messages from the
same domain of the CN before receiving an inter-
frequency or inter-RAT measurement report from the
UE in question. In this case, the RNC responds to the
first RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message with a
RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message instead of
processing the first RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST
message. Scenario 3: Upon receiving a RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message where the values
of key IEs are incorrect or key IEs do not exist, the RNC
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message. 1: This switch is
turned on. The values of the counters that are related to
service setup attempts are increased by one in any of the
preceding special scenarios. 0: This switch is turned off.
The values of the counters that are related to service
setup attempts remain unchanged in any of the
preceding special scenarios. This parameter is a
professional parameter and therefore you must
configure this parameter under the instruction of
Huawei technical support. 10)
COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_SWITCH
Whether to increase the values of the
VS.DCCC.D2P.Att, VS.DCCC.D2P. Succ,
VS.DCCC.FastDormUe.DF2P.Att, and
VS.DCCC.FastDormUe.DF2P.Succ counters on a per
PS RAB basis. 1: This switch is turned on. The values
of these counters are increased on a per PS RAB basis.
0: This switch is turned off. The values of these counters
are increased on a per UE basis. 11)
DELAY_SEND_MEACTRL_SWITCH Whether to
enable the RNC to delay sending a MEASUREMENT
CONTROL message. 1: This switch is turned on. The
RNC starts the T1 timer after receiving a RADIO
BEARER SETUP COMPLETE message. If the RNC

WCDMA RAN

nd
receives an ACTIVATE PDP CONTEXT ACCEPT

message before T1 expires, the RNC stops T1, starts the
T2 timer, and responds with an ACTIVATE PDP
CONTEXT ACCEPT message. After T2 expires, the
RNC sends a MEASUREMENT CONTROL message
to the UE in question. After T1 expires, the RNC sends
a MEASUREMENT CONTROL message to the UE. 0:
This switch is turned off. The RNC immediately sends
the UE a MEASUREMENT CONTROL message after
receiving a RADIO BEARER SETUP COMPLETE
message. Note that T1 is controlled by the "DelaySnd-
MeaCtrlT1" parameter in the "SET USTATETIMER"
command and T2 is controlled by the "DelaySnd-
command. 12)
TAKE_ACTIVE_TIME_DRD_SWITCH Whether to
refuse to include an activation time to a RADIO
BEARER SETUP message when the DRD process is in
progress. 1: This switch is turned on. An activation time
is not included to a RADIO BEARER SETUP message
if the DRD process is in progress. 0: This switch is
turned off. An activation time is included to a RADIO
BEARER SETUP message if the DRD process is in
progress. 13)CS_DISCONNECT_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC performs optimized processing if the
UE does not respond within 3 seconds after receiving a
DIRECT TRANSFER message from the CN during a
CS call release. The value of the IE Message Type in
the DIRECT TRANSFER message is Disconnect. 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC creates a DIRECT
TRANSFER message and sends it to the CN. The value
of the IE Message Type in the DIRECT TRANSFER
message is Release. 0: This switch is turned off. The
RNC does not create the DIRECT TRANSFER
message. 14)
NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC reestablishes an RL
for a UE when both of the following conditions are met:
- The RNC is waiting for the UE's response in an RB
reconfiguration procedure in cases other than DCCC. -
The RNC detects a timeout or SRB reset or the NodeB
reports that all RLs for the UE are out of
synchronization. If the RNC receives a CELL UPDATE
message with the cause value "RL FAILURE" or "RLC
UNRECOVERABLE ERROR" while waiting for the
UE's response, the RNC performs a cell update. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RNC does not reestablish an

WCDMA RAN

nd
RL for the UE in the preceding scenario. 15)

SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH 1: This switch is turned
on. When the RNC is waiting for a UE's response in the
security mode procedure, the RL for the UE is
reestablished if the RNC detects a timeout or SRB reset
or if the NodeB reports that all RLs for the UE are out
of synchronization. 0: This switch is turned off. The
RNC does not reestablish an RL for the UE in the
PSHO_CSFB_UE_CAP_ENQ_DELAY_SWITCH
Whether to query the UE capability at a delayed time in
the case of a PS HO-based CSFB. 1: This switch is
turned on. The RNC queries the UE capability at a
delayed time in the case of a PS HO-based CSFB. That
is, the RNC queries the UE capability after the CS
service is set up. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC
queries the UE capability during the PS HO-based
CSFB. 17)PAGING_OM_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH
(Paging Optimization Switch) Whether the RNC
records the international mobile subscriber identity
(IMSI) of a UE in the idle mode when the UE does not
respond to a CS paging in time and the cause value
carried in the CS paging message is Terminating
Conversational Call, Terminating Low Priority
Signalling, or Terminating Streaming Call. 1: This
switch is turned on. The RNC records the IMSI of the
UE in the preceding scenario. 0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC does not record the IMSI of the UE in the
DEACTIVE_CELLHSPA_H2F_SWITCH(H2F
Control Switch After HSPA Deactivated) Whether to
transition UEs processing HSPA services to the
CELL_FACH state or release these UEs after the HSPA
function is deactivated in a cell. 1: This switch is turned
on. UEs processing HSPA services transition to the
CELL_FACH state after the HSPA function is
deactivated in the cell. 0: This switch is turned off. UEs
processing HSPA services are released after the HSPA
function is deactivated in the cell. 19)
OMIT_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_DCH_SWITCH
Whether the RNC sends a UE CAPABILITY
ENQUIRY message to a UE in the CELL_DCH state
during an incoming relocation procedure. 1: This switch
is turned on. Under this circumstance, the RNC does not
send a UE CAPABILITY ENQUIRY message to a UE
in the CELL_DCH state during an incoming relocation
procedure. 0: This switch is turned off. Under this

WCDMA RAN

nd
circumstance, the RNC sends a UE CAPABILITY

ENQUIRY message to a UE in the CELL_DCH state in
RAB_SETUP_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH Whether
to measure the number of RAB setup attempts when the
cross processing of RAB setup and cell update fails or
the radio link reestablishment triggered by RAB setup
fails. 1: This switch is turned on. The number of RAB
setup attempts is measured. 0: This switch is turned off.
The number of RAB setup attempts is not measured. 21)
FACH_DCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_USE_
URNTI Whether to delay the assignment of the URNTI
from one UE to another when the timer for the UE to
wait for a response message from the RNC expires after
the UE in the CELL_FACH state sends an RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE message on the DCCH.
This switch prevents the assignment of the URNTI from
one UE to another to avoid URNTI conflicts. This
switch is turned off by default. 1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC delays the assignment of the URNTI from
the current UE to another UE. 0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC immediately assigns the URNTI from the
current UE to another UE. 22)
FACH_CCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_USE_
CONNECTION RELEASE message on the CCCH.
DCH_DISCARD_CELL_RESEL_CU_MSG_SWITC
H Whether to discard the cell reselection-triggered
CELL UPDATE message when the RNC receives this
message from a UE in the CELL_DCH state. The cell
reselection-triggered CELL UPDATE message can be
sent only by a UE in a state other than CELL_DCH. If
the RNC receives this message from a UE in the
CELL_DCH state, the RNC considers this message
abnormal and discards it. This switch is turned off by
default. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC discards
the cell reselection-triggered CELL UPDATE message.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not discard

this message. 24)
SYS_INIT_SPU_STATE_BROADCAST_OPT_SWI
TCH Whether the main SPU subsystem cancels the
periodic transmission of status notification messages to
other SPU subsystems when the number of SPU boards
is close to the full configuration. 1: This switch is turned
on. The main SPU subsystem cancels the periodic
transmission of status notification messages to other
SPU subsystems. 0: This switch is turned off. The main
SPU subsystem periodically sends status notification
messages to other SPU subsystems. 25)
RB_RECFG_F2D_ISR_IC_FAIL_RRC_REL_SWIT
CH Whether to release the RRC connection when the
RNC receives from the UE a RECONFIGURATION
FAILURE message with the cause value of
"Incompatible simultaneous reconfiguration" or
"Invalid configuration" during the RB Reconfigure F2D
DRD procedure. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC
releases the RRC connection for the UE. 0: This switch
is turned off. The RNC does not release the RRC
connection for the UE. 26)
PTT_RAB_SETUP_ATT_CNT_CORRECT_SWITC
H Whether to measure the number of PTT RAB setup
attempts for PTT RAB setup failures. 1: This switch is
turned on. The number of PTT RAB setup attempts is
measured. 0: This switch is turned off. The number of
PTT RAB setup attempts is not measured. 27)
P2D_DRD_FAIL_BACK_RESEL_CELL_SWITCH
Whether to roll back the P2D DRD procedure and select
a new cell for retry after the RNC receives a CELL
UPDATE message with the cause value of "Radio link
failure" during the waiting for a response message from
the UE for P2D DRD. This switch is turned off by
default. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC rolls back
the P2D DRD procedure and selects a new cell for retry.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC uses the current
processing method and does not select a new cell for
retry. 28)
TRB_RST_CU_NOT_REEST_UM_RLC_TRB_SWI
TCH Whether to reestablish the TRB that uses the UM
RLC mode after the RNC receives a CELL UPDATE
message triggered by a TRB reset. 1: This switch is
turned on. The RNC does not reestablish the TRB that
uses the UM RLC mode. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RNC uses the current processing method and
reestablishes the TRB that uses the UM RLC mode. 29)

WCDMA RAN

nd
ONE_CNNODE_SCCP_CONG_SEL_OTHER_SWI
TCH Whether to send an initial direct transfer message
to another CN node without SCCP congestion when the
configured CN node experiences SCCP congestion in
Iu Flex networking. 1: This switch is turned on. The
initial direct transfer message is sent to another CN node
without SCCP congestion if the configured CN node
experiences SCCP congestion in Iu Flex networking. 0:
This switch is turned off. The initial direct transfer
message is sent to the configured CN node even if the
Iu Flex networking. 30)
CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_SWITCH When the RNC
delays the transmission of a routing area update message
to the CN in the following scenario: A CS service on an
LTE network is transferred to a UMTS network by CS
fallback (CSFB) and the CS service has not established
on the UMTS network. The UE has sent a DIRECT
TRANSFER or INITIAL DIRECT TRANSFER
message to the CN. 1: This switch is turned on. The
RNC sends a routing area update message to the CN
only after it receives a RADIO BEARER SETUP
COMPLETE message or after "Delayed Routing Area
Update Timer for CSFB UEs" expires. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC does not delay the transmission of
the routing area update message. 31)
CSFB_UE_CS_IMEI_QUERY_DISABLE_SWITCH
Whether the RNC initiates the IMEI-based Identity
Request procedure before the CS service is established
on the UMTS network in the case of CSFB. 1: This
switch is turned on. The RNC does not initiate the IMEI-
based Identity Request procedure. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC initiates the IMEI-based Identity
Request procedure.
GUI Value Range:
CONVERT_RELOC_FAIL_CAUSE_SWITCH,
DEAL_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ_FIRST_SWITCH,
DELAY_DRNC_CODE_REL_SWITCH,
ROUT_IDT_BY_ROUTING_PARA_SWITCH,
COUNT_CS_REC_IU_REL_CMD_SWITCH,
SEND_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_CCH_SWITCH,
REL_IUR_CCH_BEFORE_DSCR_SWITCH,
RELOC_CIPHER_PENDING_COMPATI_SWITCH,
COUNT_SPECIAL_RAB_ATT_SWITCH,
COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_SWITCH,
DELAY_SEND_MEACTRL_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
TAKE_ACTIVE_TIME_DRD_SWITCH,
CS_DISCONNECT_OPT_SWITCH,
NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
PSHO_CSFB_UE_CAP_ENQ_DELAY_SWITCH,
PAGING_OM_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH,
DEACTIVE_CELLHSPA_H2F_SWITCH,
OMIT_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_DCH_SWITCH,
RAB_SETUP_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH,
URNTI,
URNTI,
H,
TCH,
CH,
H,
P2D_DRD_FAIL_BACK_RESEL_CELL_SWITCH,
TCH,
TCH, CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_SWITCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
URNTI,
URNTI,
H,
TCH,
CH,
H,
TCH,
Default Value:
CONVERT_RELOC_FAIL_CAUSE_SWITCH:
0,DEAL_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ_FIRST_SWITCH:
0,DELAY_DRNC_CODE_REL_SWITCH:
0,ROUT_IDT_BY_ROUTING_PARA_SWITCH:
0,COUNT_CS_REC_IU_REL_CMD_SWITCH:
0,SEND_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_CCH_SWITCH:
0,REL_IUR_CCH_BEFORE_DSCR_SWITCH:
0,RELOC_CIPHER_PENDING_COMPATI_SWITC
H:0,COUNT_SPECIAL_RAB_ATT_SWITCH:
0 ,COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_SWITCH:
0 ,DELAY_SEND_MEACTRL_SWITCH:
0 ,TAKE_ACTIVE_TIME_DRD_SWITCH:
0,CS_DISCONNECT_OPT_SWITCH:
0,NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,PSHO_CSFB_UE_CAP_ENQ_DELAY_SWITCH:
0,PAGING_OM_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
0,DEACTIVE_CELLHSPA_H2F_SWITCH:
0,OMIT_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_DCH_SWITCH:
0,RAB_SETUP_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH:
1,FACH_DCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_US
E_URNTI:
0,FACH_CCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_US
E_URNTI:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,DCH_DISCARD_CELL_RESEL_CU_MSG_SWIT
CH:
0,SYS_INIT_SPU_STATE_BROADCAST_OPT_S
WITCH:
1,RB_RECFG_F2D_ISR_IC_FAIL_RRC_REL_SWI
TCH:
0,PTT_RAB_SETUP_ATT_CNT_CORRECT_SWIT
CH:
0,P2D_DRD_FAIL_BACK_RESEL_CELL_SWITC
H:
0,TRB_RST_CU_NOT_REEST_UM_RLC_TRB_S
WITCH:
0,ONE_CNNODE_SCCP_CONG_SEL_OTHER_SW
ITCH:1,CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_SWITCH:
0,CSFB_UE_CS_IMEI_QUERY_DISABLE_SWITC
H:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
Improve BSC691 SET WRFD- Dynami Meaning: 1)

mentSwi 0 URRCT 021101 c CONVERT_RELOC_FAIL_CAUSE_SWITCH
tch RLSWI WRFD- Channel Whether to convert a specific cause value in the Cause
TCH 020605 Configu IE in a RELOCATION FAILURE message into "No
ration Radio Resources Available in Target cell (53)" if an
WRFD- Control incoming SRNS relocation fails due to insufficient code
010510 (DCCC) or CE resources in the target UMTS cell. The original
WRFD- cause value can be "Requested Maximum Bit Rate not
SRNS
010651 Available(20)", "Requested Maximum Bit Rate for DL
Relocati
WRFD- on not Available(33)", "Requested Maximum Bit Rate for
140103 Introduc UL not Available(34)", "Requested Guaranteed Bit
tion Rate not Available(21)", "Requested Guaranteed Bit
WRFD-
Package Rate for DL not Available(35)", or "Requested
010610
Guaranteed Bit Rate for UL not Available(36)." 1: This
WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 switch is turned on. The RNC converts the cause value
010612 3.6/27.2 in the preceding scenario and sends the CN a
WRFD- Kbps RELOCATION FAILURE message. 0: This switch is
0106150 RRC turned off. The RNC sends the CN a RELOCATION
2 Connect FAILUR message with the original cause value. 2)
ion and DEAL_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ_FIRST_SWITCH
WRFD- Radio Whether to immediately process an SRNS CONTEXT
010801 Access REQUEST message when expecting a RADIO
WRFD- Bearer BEARER RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE
010802 Establis message from a UE. The RNC is expecting the RADIO
WRFD- hment BEARER RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE
011402 and message because the RNC is performing RB
Release reconfiguration of a CELL_DCH-to-CELL_FACH
WRFD-
0106150 HSDPA state transition for the UE. 1: This switch is turned on.
4 over Iur The RNC immediately process the SRNS CONTEXT
REQUEST message. 0: This switch is turned off. The
Call
RNC does not immediately process the SRNS
Reestabl
CONTEXT REQUEST message. Instead, the RNC
ishment
continues to wait for the RADIO BEARER
HSDPA RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE message. 3)
Introduc DELAY_DRNC_CODE_REL_SWITCH Whether to
tion enable the DRNC to delay releasing code resources
Package when Iur links are set up. 1: This switch is turned on.
HSUPA The DRNC delays releasing code resources and the
Introduc delay is 100 ms or x, whichever is smaller. x equals the
tion sum of 35 ms and the unidirectional Iub-interface FP
Package delay. 0: This switch is turned off. The DRNC releases
code resources when required. 4)
Combin ROUT_IDT_BY_ROUTING_PARA_SWITCH
ation of Whether to enable the RNC to select a CN node based
One CS on the "Routing parameter" IE included in the INITIAL
Service DIRECT TRANSFER message exchanged every time
and Two a CS service is set up for CS+PS combined services

WCDMA RAN

nd
PS when Iu Flex is applied. 1: This switch is turned on. The

Services RNC selects a CN node in the preceding way. 0: This
Intra switch is turned off. The RNC selects a CN node based
RNC on the "Routing parameter" IE included in the INITIAL
Cell DIRECT TRANSFER message exchanged the first time
Update a CS service is set up for CS+PS combined services if
Iu Flex is applied. 5)
Inter COUNT_CS_REC_IU_REL_CMD_SWITCH
RNC Whether to increase the values of specific counters by
Cell one when the RNC receives an IU RELEASE
Update COMMAND message from the CS domain and an inter-
Encrypti RAT handover for CS+PS combined services is in
on progress. These counters are VS.CS.Erlang.RNC,
Combin VS.AMR.Erlang.BestCell, VS.RB.AMR.UL.4.75, and
ation of VS.RB.AMR.DL.4.75. 1: This switch is turned on. The
One CS values of the previously mentioned counters are
Service increased by one in the preceding scenario. 0: This
and switch is turned off. The values of these counters are
Three increased by one when the RNC receives an IU
PS RELEASE COMMAND message from the CS and PS
Services domains of the CN and an inter-RAT handover for CS
+PS combined services is in progress. 6)
SEND_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_CCH_SWITCH
Whether to refuse to send a UE CAPABILITY
ENQUIRY message to a UE that is not in the
CELL_DCH state and is performing an incoming SRNS
relocation. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does
not send the message to the UE. 0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC sends the message to the UE. 7)
REL_IUR_CCH_BEFORE_DSCR_SWITCH
Whether to immediately release the data of a UE from
an Iur common channel if the UE initiates the DSCR
process. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC
immediately releases the data of a UE from an Iur
common channel if the UE initiates the DSCR process.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC releases the data
of the UE from the Iur common channel after the UE
completes the DSCR process. 8)
RELOC_CIPHER_PENDING_COMPATI_SWITCH
Whether to refuse to initiate the serving RNS relocation
procedure for Blackberry UEs that are in the
CELL_DCH state and in the ciphering pending state. 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC does not initiate the
procedure for such UEs. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RNC initiates the procedure for such UEs. 9)
COUNT_SPECIAL_RAB_ATT_SWITCH Whether to
increase the values of service setup attempt-related

WCDMA RAN

nd
counters by one in special scenarios. These counters are

VS.RAB.AttEstab.AMR,
VS.RAB.AttEstabCS.AMRWB, and
VS.RAB.AttEstCS.Conv.64. The special scenarios are
as follows: Scenario 1: If the RNC receives a RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message from the CN after
initiating the SRNS relocation procedure, the RNC
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message. Scenario 2: The
MBDR algorithm is activated. The RNC receives two
RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST messages from the
same domain of the CN before receiving an inter-
frequency or inter-RAT measurement report from the
UE in question. In this case, the RNC responds to the
first RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message with a
RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message instead of
processing the first RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST
message. Scenario 3: Upon receiving a RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message where the values
of key IEs are incorrect or key IEs do not exist, the RNC
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message. 1: This switch is
turned on. The values of the counters that are related to
service setup attempts are increased by one in any of the
preceding special scenarios. 0: This switch is turned off.
The values of the counters that are related to service
setup attempts remain unchanged in any of the
preceding special scenarios. This parameter is a
professional parameter and therefore you must
configure this parameter under the instruction of
Huawei technical support. 10)
COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_SWITCH
Whether to increase the values of the
VS.DCCC.D2P.Att, VS.DCCC.D2P. Succ,
VS.DCCC.FastDormUe.DF2P.Att, and
VS.DCCC.FastDormUe.DF2P.Succ counters on a per
PS RAB basis. 1: This switch is turned on. The values
of these counters are increased on a per PS RAB basis.
0: This switch is turned off. The values of these counters
are increased on a per UE basis. 11)
DELAY_SEND_MEACTRL_SWITCH Whether to
enable the RNC to delay sending a MEASUREMENT
CONTROL message. 1: This switch is turned on. The
RNC starts the T1 timer after receiving a RADIO
BEARER SETUP COMPLETE message. If the RNC

WCDMA RAN

nd
receives an ACTIVATE PDP CONTEXT ACCEPT

message before T1 expires, the RNC stops T1, starts the
T2 timer, and responds with an ACTIVATE PDP
CONTEXT ACCEPT message. After T2 expires, the
RNC sends a MEASUREMENT CONTROL message
to the UE in question. After T1 expires, the RNC sends
a MEASUREMENT CONTROL message to the UE. 0:
This switch is turned off. The RNC immediately sends
the UE a MEASUREMENT CONTROL message after
receiving a RADIO BEARER SETUP COMPLETE
message. Note that T1 is controlled by the "DelaySnd-
command and T2 is controlled by the "DelaySnd-
command. 12)
TAKE_ACTIVE_TIME_DRD_SWITCH Whether to
refuse to include an activation time to a RADIO
BEARER SETUP message when the DRD process is in
progress. 1: This switch is turned on. An activation time
is not included to a RADIO BEARER SETUP message
if the DRD process is in progress. 0: This switch is
turned off. An activation time is included to a RADIO
BEARER SETUP message if the DRD process is in
progress. 13)CS_DISCONNECT_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC performs optimized processing if the
UE does not respond within 3 seconds after receiving a
DIRECT TRANSFER message from the CN during a
CS call release. The value of the IE Message Type in
the DIRECT TRANSFER message is Disconnect. 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC creates a DIRECT
TRANSFER message and sends it to the CN. The value
of the IE Message Type in the DIRECT TRANSFER
message is Release. 0: This switch is turned off. The
RNC does not create the DIRECT TRANSFER
message. 14)
NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH 1:
for a UE when both of the following conditions are met:
- The RNC is waiting for the UE's response in an RB
reconfiguration procedure in cases other than DCCC. -
The RNC detects a timeout or SRB reset or the NodeB
reports that all RLs for the UE are out of
synchronization. If the RNC receives a CELL UPDATE
message with the cause value "RL FAILURE" or "RLC
UNRECOVERABLE ERROR" while waiting for the
UE's response, the RNC performs a cell update. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RNC does not reestablish an

WCDMA RAN

nd
RL for the UE in the preceding scenario. 15)

SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH 1: This switch is turned
on. When the RNC is waiting for a UE's response in the
security mode procedure, the RL for the UE is
reestablished if the RNC detects a timeout or SRB reset
or if the NodeB reports that all RLs for the UE are out
of synchronization. 0: This switch is turned off. The
RNC does not reestablish an RL for the UE in the
PSHO_CSFB_UE_CAP_ENQ_DELAY_SWITCH
Whether to query the UE capability at a delayed time in
the case of a PS HO-based CSFB. 1: This switch is
turned on. The RNC queries the UE capability at a
delayed time in the case of a PS HO-based CSFB. That
is, the RNC queries the UE capability after the CS
service is set up. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC
queries the UE capability during the PS HO-based
CSFB. 17)PAGING_OM_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH
(Paging Optimization Switch) Whether the RNC
records the international mobile subscriber identity
(IMSI) of a UE in the idle mode when the UE does not
respond to a CS paging in time and the cause value
carried in the CS paging message is Terminating
Conversational Call, Terminating Low Priority
Signalling, or Terminating Streaming Call. 1: This
switch is turned on. The RNC records the IMSI of the
UE in the preceding scenario. 0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC does not record the IMSI of the UE in the
DEACTIVE_CELLHSPA_H2F_SWITCH(H2F
Control Switch After HSPA Deactivated) Whether to
transition UEs processing HSPA services to the
CELL_FACH state or release these UEs after the HSPA
function is deactivated in a cell. 1: This switch is turned
on. UEs processing HSPA services transition to the
CELL_FACH state after the HSPA function is
deactivated in the cell. 0: This switch is turned off. UEs
processing HSPA services are released after the HSPA
function is deactivated in the cell. 19)
OMIT_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_DCH_SWITCH
Whether the RNC sends a UE CAPABILITY
ENQUIRY message to a UE in the CELL_DCH state
during an incoming relocation procedure. 1: This switch
is turned on. Under this circumstance, the RNC does not
send a UE CAPABILITY ENQUIRY message to a UE
in the CELL_DCH state during an incoming relocation
procedure. 0: This switch is turned off. Under this

WCDMA RAN

nd
circumstance, the RNC sends a UE CAPABILITY

ENQUIRY message to a UE in the CELL_DCH state in
RAB_SETUP_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH Whether
to measure the number of RAB setup attempts when the
cross processing of RAB setup and cell update fails or
the radio link reestablishment triggered by RAB setup
fails. 1: This switch is turned on. The number of RAB
setup attempts is measured. 0: This switch is turned off.
The number of RAB setup attempts is not measured. 21)
CONNECTION RELEASE message on the DCCH.
CONNECTION RELEASE message on the CCCH.
H Whether to discard the cell reselection-triggered
CELL UPDATE message when the RNC receives this
message from a UE in the CELL_DCH state. The cell
reselection-triggered CELL UPDATE message can be
sent only by a UE in a state other than CELL_DCH. If
the RNC receives this message from a UE in the
CELL_DCH state, the RNC considers this message
abnormal and discards it. This switch is turned off by
default. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC discards
the cell reselection-triggered CELL UPDATE message.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not discard

this message. 24)
TCH Whether the main SPU subsystem cancels the
periodic transmission of status notification messages to
other SPU subsystems when the number of SPU boards
is close to the full configuration. 1: This switch is turned
on. The main SPU subsystem cancels the periodic
transmission of status notification messages to other
SPU subsystems. 0: This switch is turned off. The main
SPU subsystem periodically sends status notification
messages to other SPU subsystems. 25)
CH Whether to release the RRC connection when the
RNC receives from the UE a RECONFIGURATION
FAILURE message with the cause value of
"Incompatible simultaneous reconfiguration" or
"Invalid configuration" during the RB Reconfigure F2D
DRD procedure. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC
releases the RRC connection for the UE. 0: This switch
is turned off. The RNC does not release the RRC
connection for the UE. 26)
H Whether to measure the number of PTT RAB setup
attempts for PTT RAB setup failures. 1: This switch is
turned on. The number of PTT RAB setup attempts is
measured. 0: This switch is turned off. The number of
PTT RAB setup attempts is not measured. 27)
P2D_DRD_FAIL_BACK_RESEL_CELL_SWITCH
Whether to roll back the P2D DRD procedure and select
a new cell for retry after the RNC receives a CELL
UPDATE message with the cause value of "Radio link
failure" during the waiting for a response message from
the UE for P2D DRD. This switch is turned off by
default. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC rolls back
the P2D DRD procedure and selects a new cell for retry.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC uses the current
processing method and does not select a new cell for
retry. 28)
TCH Whether to reestablish the TRB that uses the UM
RLC mode after the RNC receives a CELL UPDATE
message triggered by a TRB reset. 1: This switch is
turned on. The RNC does not reestablish the TRB that
uses the UM RLC mode. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RNC uses the current processing method and
reestablishes the TRB that uses the UM RLC mode. 29)

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH Whether to send an initial direct transfer message
to another CN node without SCCP congestion when the
Iu Flex networking. 1: This switch is turned on. The
initial direct transfer message is sent to another CN node
without SCCP congestion if the configured CN node
experiences SCCP congestion in Iu Flex networking. 0:
This switch is turned off. The initial direct transfer
message is sent to the configured CN node even if the
Iu Flex networking. 30)
CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_SWITCH When the RNC
delays the transmission of a routing area update message
to the CN in the following scenario: A CS service on an
LTE network is transferred to a UMTS network by CS
fallback (CSFB) and the CS service has not established
on the UMTS network. The UE has sent a DIRECT
TRANSFER or INITIAL DIRECT TRANSFER
message to the CN. 1: This switch is turned on. The
RNC sends a routing area update message to the CN
only after it receives a RADIO BEARER SETUP
COMPLETE message or after "Delayed Routing Area
Update Timer for CSFB UEs" expires. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC does not delay the transmission of
the routing area update message. 31)
Whether the RNC initiates the IMEI-based Identity
Request procedure before the CS service is established
on the UMTS network in the case of CSFB. 1: This
switch is turned on. The RNC does not initiate the IMEI-
based Identity Request procedure. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC initiates the IMEI-based Identity
Request procedure.
GUI Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
URNTI,
URNTI,
H,
TCH,
CH,
H,
TCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
URNTI,
URNTI,
H,
TCH,
CH,
H,
TCH,
Default Value:
CONVERT_RELOC_FAIL_CAUSE_SWITCH:
0,DEAL_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ_FIRST_SWITCH:
0,DELAY_DRNC_CODE_REL_SWITCH:
0,ROUT_IDT_BY_ROUTING_PARA_SWITCH:
0,COUNT_CS_REC_IU_REL_CMD_SWITCH:
0,SEND_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_CCH_SWITCH:
0,REL_IUR_CCH_BEFORE_DSCR_SWITCH:
0,RELOC_CIPHER_PENDING_COMPATI_SWITC
H:0,COUNT_SPECIAL_RAB_ATT_SWITCH:
0 ,COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_SWITCH:
0 ,DELAY_SEND_MEACTRL_SWITCH:
0 ,TAKE_ACTIVE_TIME_DRD_SWITCH:
0,CS_DISCONNECT_OPT_SWITCH:
0,NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,PSHO_CSFB_UE_CAP_ENQ_DELAY_SWITCH:
0,PAGING_OM_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
0,DEACTIVE_CELLHSPA_H2F_SWITCH:
0,OMIT_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_DCH_SWITCH:
0,RAB_SETUP_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH:
1,FACH_DCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_US
E_URNTI:
0,FACH_CCCH_RRC_REL_NO_RSP_DELAY_US
E_URNTI:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,DCH_DISCARD_CELL_RESEL_CU_MSG_SWIT
CH:
0,SYS_INIT_SPU_STATE_BROADCAST_OPT_S
WITCH:
1,RB_RECFG_F2D_ISR_IC_FAIL_RRC_REL_SWI
TCH:
0,PTT_RAB_SETUP_ATT_CNT_CORRECT_SWIT
CH:
0,P2D_DRD_FAIL_BACK_RESEL_CELL_SWITC
H:
0,TRB_RST_CU_NOT_REEST_UM_RLC_TRB_S
WITCH:
0,ONE_CNNODE_SCCP_CONG_SEL_OTHER_SW
ITCH:1,CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_SWITCH:
0,CSFB_UE_CS_IMEI_QUERY_DISABLE_SWITC
H:0
RbRelR BSC690 SET WRFD- 3GPP Meaning: A timer to RNC wait for the RB release
spTmr 0 USTAT 010101 R9 response from UE in the RB procedure. Refer to the
Call Unit: ms
Reestabl
Default Value: 5000
RbRelR BSC691 SET WRFD- 3GPP Meaning: A timer to RNC wait for the RB release
spTmr 0 USTAT 010101 R9 response from UE in the RB procedure. Refer to the
Call Unit: ms
Reestabl
Default Value: 5000

WCDMA RAN

nd
Optimiz BSC690 SET WRFD- Dynami Meaning: 1. PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH

ationSwi 0 URRCT 021101 c Maximum number of paging attempts in the RAN
tch RLSWI WRFD- Channel network when no response is received after a paging
TCH 010510 Configu message is sent. 1: This switch is turned on. The paging
ration message is sent for a maximum of 5 times. 0: This switch
WRFD- Control is turned off. The paging message is sent for a maximum
010651 (DCCC) of 10 times. 2. ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH(Switch for
WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 RL Reestablishment During Soft Handover) Whether to
140103 3.6/27.2 trigger radio link (RL) reestablishment during a soft
WRFD- Kbps handover. 1: This switch is turned on. A UE sends a
040100 RRC CELL UPDATE message to the RNC and subsequently
Connect the RNC reestablishes the RL for the UE when both of
WRFD-
ion and the following conditions are met: -The RNC is waiting
010507
Radio for the UE's response to the ACTIVE SET UPDATE
WRFD- message. -The RNC detects that downlink transmission
Access
140226 on signaling radio bearer (SRB2) is disconnected or the
Bearer
WRFD- Establis NodeB reports that all RLs for the UE are out of
020500 hment synchronization. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC
and does not reestablish the RL for the UE when the
WRFD-
Release preceding conditions are met. 3.
010301
MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH(Switch for RL
WRFD- HSDPA
Reestablishment During Meas Control) Whether to
0106150 over Iur
trigger RL reestablishment during measurement
2 Call control. 1: This switch is turned on. A UE sends a CELL
WRFD- Reestabl UPDATE message to the RNC and subsequently the
010801 ishment RNC reestablishes the RL for the UE when both of the
WRFD- Flow following conditions are met: -The RNC has sent a
010802 Control MEASUREMENT CONTROL message to the UE. -
Rate The RNC detects that downlink transmission on SRB2
WRFD- is disconnected when the UE state is stable. 0: This
011402 Negotiat
ion at switch is turned off. The RNC does not reestablish the
WRFD- Admissi RL for the UE when the preceding conditions are met.
0106150 on 4.
4 Control FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWIT
CH. Whether to enable the RNC to release the RRC
Fast connection of an EFD-capable UE that received an
Return SCRI message from the PS domain of the CN if the UE
from sends the RNC a CELL UPDATE message after
UMTS reentering a service area. When this switch is turned on,
to LTE the RNC releases the RRC connection of such a UE in
Enhance the preceding scenario. This solves the problem that a
d Fast network becomes inaccessible when such a UE reenters
Dorman a service area. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC
cy directly releases the RRC connection after receiving the
Paging CELL UPDATE message from the Enhanced Fast
UE in Dormancy-capable that leaves and then reenters the
Idle, service area. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC

WCDMA RAN

nd
CELL_P processes the CELL UPDATE message received from

CH, the Enhanced Fast Dormancy-capable UE that leaves
URA_P and then reenters the service area. 5.
CH State UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH. Whether the
(Type 1) RNC normally releases connections when it detects
Combin failed cyclic redundancy check (CRC) on RB SETUP
ation of COMPLETE or RB RECONFIGURATION
One CS COMPLETE messages received from HSDPA UEs. 1:
Service This switch is turned on. The RNC normally releases
and Two the connections when it detects the failed CRC. 0: This
PS switch is turned off. The RNC abnormally releases the
Services connections when it detects the failed CRC. 6.
RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH. Whether the RNC
Intra performs the directed retry decision (DRD) when it
RNC receives a CELL UPDATE message with the cause
Cell value "uplink data transmission" or " paging response"
Update during UEs' state transition from CELL_PCH or
Inter URA_PCH to CELL_DCH. 1: This switch is turned on.
RNC The RNC performs the DRD in the preceding scenario.
Cell 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not perform
Update the DRD in the preceding scenario. 7. P2D_SWITCH
Encrypti Whether the RNC switches a UE from the CELL_PCH
on or URA_PCH state to the CELL_DCH state when the
following conditions are met: The UE sends the RNC a
Combin
CELL UPDATE message with the cause value "uplink
ation of
data transmission" or "paging response." The number of
One CS
UEs on the FACH reaches the upper limit or the UE is
Service
to set up a CS service but the common channel is
and
congested. 1: This switch is set to on. The RNC switches
Three
the UE from the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to the
PS
CELL_DCH state in the preceding scenario. 0: This
Services
switch is set to off. The RNC does not switch the UE
from the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to the
CELL_DCH state in the preceding scenario. This
parameter can be set in both the "SET
URRCTRLSWITCH" and "ADD
UCELLCONNALGOPARA" commands. The value of
this parameter in the "ADD UCELLCONNALGO-
PARA" command prevails. 8.
AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC proceeds with CS service setups
involving state transitions from CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH if the UEs in question report cell updates
during the setup procedure. 1: This switch is turned on.
The RNC first processes the CELL UPDATE message
and then proceeds with the CS service setup procedure.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC processes the

WCDMA RAN

nd
CELL UPDATE message and does not proceed with the

CS service setup. 9.
SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH Whether the
RNC reestablishes a radio link (RL) when it detects an
SRB reset reported on Layer 2 for decreasing the
number of UE call drops 1: This switch is turned on.
The RNC reestablishes an RL when it detects the SRB
reset. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
reestablish an RL when it detects the SRB reset. 10.
RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH Whether active link
re-establishment is allowed after the radio link fails 1:
This switch is turned on. Active link re-establishment is
allowed after the RNC receives a RADIO LINK
FAILURE INDICATION message and the timer used
to wait for a RADIO LINK RESTORE INDICATION
message from the NodeB expires. 0: This switch is
turned off. Active link re-establishment is not allowed
after the RNC receives a RADIO LINK FAILURE
INDICATION message and the timer used to wait for a
RADIO LINK RESTORE INDICATION message
from the NodeB expires. 11.
CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH Whether the RNC
reestablishes a radio link (RL) when SRBs of a CS
service reset or all its RLs are out of synchronization. 1:
in the preceding scenario. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RNC does not reestablish an RL in the preceding
scenario. 12. PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH Whether PS
services can trigger active link re-establishment 1: This
switch is turned on. PS services can trigger active link
re-establishment. 0: This switch is turned off. PS
services cannot trigger active link re-establishment. 13.
UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH Whether the RNC
reestablishes a radio link (RL) when it receives a CELL
UPDATE message carrying SRB reset information. 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC does not release the
RRC connection and it reestablishes an RL. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RNC releases the RRC
connection. 14. RL_RESTORE_SWITCH Switch for
the radio link restoration timer 1: This switch is turned
on. If there are CS services and the last radio link fails,
the RNC waits for the radio link to restore before the
timer T313 expires. 0: This switch is turned off. If there
are CS services and the last radio link fails, the RNC
waits for the radio link to restore before the original
timer expires. 15. RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH Whether
to enable RNC-level UE state transition from

WCDMA RAN

nd
CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH (D2F) for fast dormancy-

capable UEs. 1: This switch is turned on. The D2F state
transition is enabled for the fast dormancy-capable
UEs.. 0: This switch is turned off. The state transition
from CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH (D2P) is enabled for
the fast dormancy-capable UEs 16.
RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH Whether the
RB release due to SCRI during RB reconfiguration is
calculated as a call drop 1: This switch is turned on. The
RB release due to SCRI during reconfiguration is not
calculated as a call drop. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RB release due to SCRI during reconfiguration is
calculated as a call drop. 17.
RRC_RECONN_SWITCH Switch for the RNC to
process the RRC connection setup requests from a UE.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC releases the
established RRC connection when the UE retransmits
RRC connection setup requests. 0: This switch is turned
off. When the UE retransmits the RRC connection setup
request to access the same cell, the RNC rejects the new
RRC connection setup requests. When the UE
retransmits the RRC connection setup request to access
different cells, the RNC releases the established RRC
connection. It is recommended that this parameter be set
to its default value and the parameter value be not
changed. If you need to change the value of this
parameter, ask for assistance from Huawei technical
support personnel. 18.
RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH Whether the RNC
counts the number of retransmitted RRC connection
setup requests in the measurement of the
RRC.AttConnEstab.Reg and RRC.AttConnEstab.De-
tac performance counters. 1: This switch is turned on.
The RNC counts the number of retransmitted RRC
connection setup requests in the measurement of the two
preceding performance counters. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC does not count the number of
retransmitted RRC connection setup requests in the
measurement of the two preceding performance
counters. 19. F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH
Whether the RNC releases the RRC connection of a UE
if the UE does not respond to the RNC after its three
failed attempts at the state transition from CELL_FACH
to CELL_DCH. 1: This switch is turned on. The RRC
connection is released with the cause "User Inactive"
after the UE fails in the state transition from
CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH for three times. The

WCDMA RAN

nd
connection release is measured in the

VS.MBMS.RB.PTP.Loss.Abnorm counter. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RRC connection is not released
CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH three times, and the UE
remains in the CELL_FACH state. 20.
CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH Whether a UE in the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state preferentially performs
a state transition from CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to
CELL_DCH or CELL_FACH before initiating a CS
service. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC first
performs a state transition from CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH to CELL_DCH and then initiates the CS
service. 0: This switch is turned off. The UE first
URA_PCH to CELL_FACH and then initiates the CS
service. 21. SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH Whether
the relocation command sent from a UMTS network to
an unencrypted GSM network carries the UEA0
encryption information element (IE) when a UE
complying with 3GPP Release 6 or later is handed over
from the GSM network to the UMTS network. 1: This
switch is turned on. The relocation command does not
carry any encryption IE. 0: This switch is turned off.
The relocation command carries the UEA0 encryption
IE. 22. P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH Whether to
reconfigure the GPRS Tunneling Protocol User plane
(GTP-U) when a UE in the CELL_PCH state performs
a cell update. 1: This switch is turned on. The GTP-U is
not reconfigured in the preceding scenario. 0: This
switch is turned off. The GTP-U is reconfigured in the
preceding scenario. 23.
RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH
Whether the RNC adjusts the activation time for
encryption parameters based on an RB SETUP
COMPLETE message 1: This switch is turned on. The
RNC does not adjust the activation time for encryption
parameters as long as the difference between the
activation times specified in an RB SETUP
COMPLETE message and in the corresponding RB
SETUP message is smaller than 200 connection frame
numbers (CFNs). 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC
always adjusts the activation time for encryption
parameters based on an RB SETUP COMPLETE
message, regardless of the preceding difference. 24.
CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH Whether the
RNC reinitiates CS services upon receiving a RAB

WCDMA RAN

nd
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message in which only the

CS allocation/retention priority (CARP) is changed. 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC does not reinitiate
CS services, which prevents CS call drops. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RNC reinitiates CS services,
which results in CS call drops. 25.
RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH
Whether the RNC buffers a TMSI REALLOCATION
COMMAND message received during an RAB setup.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC buffers the TMSI
REALLOCATION COMMAND message received
during the RAB setup and then forwards the message to
a UE after the RAB setup. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RNC does not buffer the TMSI REALLOCATION
COMMAND message received during the RAB setup.
The RNC directly forwards the message to a UE. 26.
IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH Whether an
UCP subsystem sends a PS service release message to
an Iu-PS interface board in case of a faulty IP path, a
faulty Signaling Connection Control Part (SCCP) link,
or a reset on the Iu interface 1: This switch is turned on.
The UCP subsystem sends the PS service release
message to the Iu-PS interface board. 0: This switch is
turned off. The UCP subsystem does not send any PS
service release message to the Iu-PS interface board. 27.
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH Whether the RNC
initiates radio link (RL) reestablishment during a radio
bearer (RB) reconfiguration when the RNC detects that
a signaling radio bearer (SRB) is reset or all RLs for a
UE are out of synchronization 1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC initiates RL reestablishment during the
RB reconfiguration. 0: This switch is turned off. The
RNC does not initiate RL reestablishment during the RB
reconfiguration. 28.
F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH Whether the RNC
buffers a DIRECT TRANSFER message received from
the CN and sends a PAGING message after the RNC
receives a RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION
COMPLETE message from a UE moving from the
CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH state (F2P for short) 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC buffers the DIRECT
TRANSFER message and sends the PAGING message
to the UE. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does
not buffer the DIRECT TRANSFER message. 29.
SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH Whether the RNC
performs compatibility processing upon receiving a
Signalling Connection Release Indication message with

WCDMA RAN

nd
the cause value "UE Requested PS Data Session End"

when CS+PS combined services are performed. 1: This
switch is turned on. The RNC performs compatibility
processing. It sends an RB RELEASE message
containing the Signalling Connection Release
Indication information element (IE) to instruct a UE to
release the signaling connection in the corresponding
perform compatibility processing and it discards the
SCRI message. 30. GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH
Whether the RNC measures the number of call drops
when it receives a GTPU Error Indication message
pertaining to a UE from the CN and releases the RRC
connection. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does
not measure the number of call drops in the preceding
scenario. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC
measures the number of call drops when releasing PS
services. 31.
IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITCH
Whether the RNC contains the MAC-hs reset indicator
information element (IE) in the PHYSICAL
CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION and RADIO
BEARER RECONFIGURATION messages for a reset
of the MAC-hs entity. The two messages are sent to a
UE when a service link over the Iur interface changes.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC contains the MAC-
hs reset indicator IE in the two preceding messages. 0:
This switch is turned off. The RNC does not contain the
MAC-hs reset indicator IE in the two preceding
messages. 32.
UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH(UL
Integrity Compatibility Optimization Switch) Reserved
switch for security mode compatibility handling. The
bit field value is not internally used in this version.
GUI Value Range:
PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH
(PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH),
ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH
(ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH),
MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH
(MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH),
FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWIT
CH
(FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWIT
CH), UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH
(UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH),

WCDMA RAN

nd
RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH
(RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH), P2D_SWITCH
(P2D_SWITCH),
(AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH),
SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
(SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH),
RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
(RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH),
CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
(CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH),
PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
(PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH),
UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH
(UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH),
RL_RESTORE_SWITCH
(RL_RESTORE_SWITCH),
RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH
(RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH),
RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH
(RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH),
RRC_RECONN_SWITCH
(RRC_RECONN_SWITCH),
RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH
(RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH),
F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH
(F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH),
CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH
(CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH),
SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH
(SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH),
P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH
(P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH),
(RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH),
CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH
(CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH),
(RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH),
IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH
(IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH),
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH
(RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH),
F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH
(F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH),
SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH
(SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH),

WCDMA RAN

nd
GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH
(GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH),
(IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITC
H), UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH
(UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH,
ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH,
MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH,
CH, UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH,
RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH, P2D_SWITCH,
AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH,
SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH,
RL_RESTORE_SWITCH,
RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH,
RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH,
RRC_RECONN_SWITCH,
RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH,
F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH,
CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH,
SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH,
P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH,
RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH,
CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH,
RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH,
IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH,
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH,
SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH,
GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH,
, UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH
Default Value: PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH:
0,MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH:
0,FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWI
TCH:0,UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH:
0,RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH:0,P2D_SWITCH:
0,AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH:
0,RL_RESTORE_SWITCH:
0,RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH:
1,RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH:
0,RRC_RECONN_SWITCH:
0,RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH:
1,F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH:
0,CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH:
0,SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH:
0,P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH:
1,RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH:
1,CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH:
0,RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH:
0,IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH:
0,RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH:
0,SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH:
0,GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH:
0,IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITC
H:1,UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
Optimiz BSC691 SET WRFD- Dynami Meaning: 1. PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH

ationSwi 0 URRCT 021101 c Maximum number of paging attempts in the RAN
tch RLSWI WRFD- Channel network when no response is received after a paging
TCH 010510 Configu message is sent. 1: This switch is turned on. The paging
ration message is sent for a maximum of 5 times. 0: This switch
WRFD- Control is turned off. The paging message is sent for a maximum
010651 (DCCC) of 10 times. 2. ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH(Switch for
WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 RL Reestablishment During Soft Handover) Whether to
140103 3.6/27.2 trigger radio link (RL) reestablishment during a soft
WRFD- Kbps handover. 1: This switch is turned on. A UE sends a
040100 RRC CELL UPDATE message to the RNC and subsequently
Connect the RNC reestablishes the RL for the UE when both of
WRFD-
ion and the following conditions are met: -The RNC is waiting
010507
Radio for the UE's response to the ACTIVE SET UPDATE
WRFD- message. -The RNC detects that downlink transmission
Access
140226 on signaling radio bearer (SRB2) is disconnected or the
Bearer
WRFD- Establis NodeB reports that all RLs for the UE are out of
020500 hment synchronization. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC
and does not reestablish the RL for the UE when the
WRFD-
Release preceding conditions are met. 3.
010301
MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH(Switch for RL
WRFD- HSDPA
Reestablishment During Meas Control) Whether to
0106150 over Iur
trigger RL reestablishment during measurement
2 Call control. 1: This switch is turned on. A UE sends a CELL
WRFD- Reestabl UPDATE message to the RNC and subsequently the
010801 ishment RNC reestablishes the RL for the UE when both of the
WRFD- Flow following conditions are met: -The RNC has sent a
010802 Control MEASUREMENT CONTROL message to the UE. -
Rate The RNC detects that downlink transmission on SRB2
WRFD- is disconnected when the UE state is stable. 0: This
011402 Negotiat
ion at switch is turned off. The RNC does not reestablish the
WRFD- Admissi RL for the UE when the preceding conditions are met.
0106150 on 4.
4 Control FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWIT
CH. Whether to enable the RNC to release the RRC
Fast connection of an EFD-capable UE that received an
Return SCRI message from the PS domain of the CN if the UE
from sends the RNC a CELL UPDATE message after
UMTS reentering a service area. When this switch is turned on,
to LTE the RNC releases the RRC connection of such a UE in
Enhance the preceding scenario. This solves the problem that a
d Fast network becomes inaccessible when such a UE reenters
Dorman a service area. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC
cy directly releases the RRC connection after receiving the
Paging CELL UPDATE message from the Enhanced Fast
UE in Dormancy-capable that leaves and then reenters the
Idle, service area. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC

WCDMA RAN

nd
CELL_P processes the CELL UPDATE message received from

CH, the Enhanced Fast Dormancy-capable UE that leaves
URA_P and then reenters the service area. 5.
CH State UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH. Whether the
(Type 1) RNC normally releases connections when it detects
Combin failed cyclic redundancy check (CRC) on RB SETUP
ation of COMPLETE or RB RECONFIGURATION
One CS COMPLETE messages received from HSDPA UEs. 1:
Service This switch is turned on. The RNC normally releases
and Two the connections when it detects the failed CRC. 0: This
PS switch is turned off. The RNC abnormally releases the
Services connections when it detects the failed CRC. 6.
RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH. Whether the RNC
Intra performs the directed retry decision (DRD) when it
RNC receives a CELL UPDATE message with the cause
Cell value "uplink data transmission" or " paging response"
Update during UEs' state transition from CELL_PCH or
Inter URA_PCH to CELL_DCH. 1: This switch is turned on.
RNC The RNC performs the DRD in the preceding scenario.
Cell 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not perform
Update the DRD in the preceding scenario. 7. P2D_SWITCH
Encrypti Whether the RNC switches a UE from the CELL_PCH
on or URA_PCH state to the CELL_DCH state when the
following conditions are met: The UE sends the RNC a
Combin
CELL UPDATE message with the cause value "uplink
ation of
data transmission" or "paging response." The number of
One CS
UEs on the FACH reaches the upper limit or the UE is
Service
to set up a CS service but the common channel is
and
congested. 1: This switch is set to on. The RNC switches
Three
the UE from the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to the
PS
CELL_DCH state in the preceding scenario. 0: This
Services
switch is set to off. The RNC does not switch the UE
from the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to the
CELL_DCH state in the preceding scenario. This
parameter can be set in both the "SET
URRCTRLSWITCH" and "ADD
UCELLCONNALGOPARA" commands. The value of
this parameter in the "ADD UCELLCONNALGO-
PARA" command prevails. 8.
Whether the RNC proceeds with CS service setups
involving state transitions from CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH if the UEs in question report cell updates
during the setup procedure. 1: This switch is turned on.
The RNC first processes the CELL UPDATE message
and then proceeds with the CS service setup procedure.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC processes the

WCDMA RAN

nd
CELL UPDATE message and does not proceed with the

CS service setup. 9.
SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH Whether the
RNC reestablishes a radio link (RL) when it detects an
SRB reset reported on Layer 2 for decreasing the
number of UE call drops 1: This switch is turned on.
The RNC reestablishes an RL when it detects the SRB
reset. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
reestablish an RL when it detects the SRB reset. 10.
RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH Whether active link
re-establishment is allowed after the radio link fails 1:
This switch is turned on. Active link re-establishment is
allowed after the RNC receives a RADIO LINK
FAILURE INDICATION message and the timer used
to wait for a RADIO LINK RESTORE INDICATION
message from the NodeB expires. 0: This switch is
turned off. Active link re-establishment is not allowed
after the RNC receives a RADIO LINK FAILURE
INDICATION message and the timer used to wait for a
RADIO LINK RESTORE INDICATION message
from the NodeB expires. 11.
CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH Whether the RNC
reestablishes a radio link (RL) when SRBs of a CS
service reset or all its RLs are out of synchronization. 1:
in the preceding scenario. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RNC does not reestablish an RL in the preceding
scenario. 12. PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH Whether PS
services can trigger active link re-establishment 1: This
switch is turned on. PS services can trigger active link
re-establishment. 0: This switch is turned off. PS
services cannot trigger active link re-establishment. 13.
UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH Whether the RNC
reestablishes a radio link (RL) when it receives a CELL
UPDATE message carrying SRB reset information. 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC does not release the
RRC connection and it reestablishes an RL. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RNC releases the RRC
connection. 14. RL_RESTORE_SWITCH Switch for
the radio link restoration timer 1: This switch is turned
on. If there are CS services and the last radio link fails,
the RNC waits for the radio link to restore before the
timer T313 expires. 0: This switch is turned off. If there
are CS services and the last radio link fails, the RNC
waits for the radio link to restore before the original
timer expires. 15. RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH Whether
to enable RNC-level UE state transition from

WCDMA RAN

nd
CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH (D2F) for fast dormancy-

capable UEs. 1: This switch is turned on. The D2F state
transition is enabled for the fast dormancy-capable
UEs.. 0: This switch is turned off. The state transition
from CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH (D2P) is enabled for
the fast dormancy-capable UEs 16.
RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH Whether the
RB release due to SCRI during RB reconfiguration is
calculated as a call drop 1: This switch is turned on. The
RB release due to SCRI during reconfiguration is not
calculated as a call drop. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RB release due to SCRI during reconfiguration is
calculated as a call drop. 17.
RRC_RECONN_SWITCH Switch for the RNC to
process the RRC connection setup requests from a UE.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC releases the
established RRC connection when the UE retransmits
RRC connection setup requests. 0: This switch is turned
off. When the UE retransmits the RRC connection setup
request to access the same cell, the RNC rejects the new
RRC connection setup requests. When the UE
retransmits the RRC connection setup request to access
different cells, the RNC releases the established RRC
connection. It is recommended that this parameter be set
to its default value and the parameter value be not
changed. If you need to change the value of this
parameter, ask for assistance from Huawei technical
support personnel. 18.
RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH Whether the RNC
counts the number of retransmitted RRC connection
setup requests in the measurement of the
RRC.AttConnEstab.Reg and RRC.AttConnEstab.De-
tac performance counters. 1: This switch is turned on.
The RNC counts the number of retransmitted RRC
connection setup requests in the measurement of the two
preceding performance counters. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC does not count the number of
retransmitted RRC connection setup requests in the
measurement of the two preceding performance
counters. 19. F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH
Whether the RNC releases the RRC connection of a UE
if the UE does not respond to the RNC after its three
failed attempts at the state transition from CELL_FACH
to CELL_DCH. 1: This switch is turned on. The RRC
connection is released with the cause "User Inactive"
CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH for three times. The

WCDMA RAN

nd
connection release is measured in the

VS.MBMS.RB.PTP.Loss.Abnorm counter. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RRC connection is not released
CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH three times, and the UE
remains in the CELL_FACH state. 20.
CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH Whether a UE in the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state preferentially performs
a state transition from CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to
CELL_DCH or CELL_FACH before initiating a CS
service. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC first
URA_PCH to CELL_DCH and then initiates the CS
service. 0: This switch is turned off. The UE first
URA_PCH to CELL_FACH and then initiates the CS
service. 21. SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH Whether
the relocation command sent from a UMTS network to
an unencrypted GSM network carries the UEA0
encryption information element (IE) when a UE
complying with 3GPP Release 6 or later is handed over
from the GSM network to the UMTS network. 1: This
switch is turned on. The relocation command does not
carry any encryption IE. 0: This switch is turned off.
The relocation command carries the UEA0 encryption
IE. 22. P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH Whether to
reconfigure the GPRS Tunneling Protocol User plane
(GTP-U) when a UE in the CELL_PCH state performs
a cell update. 1: This switch is turned on. The GTP-U is
not reconfigured in the preceding scenario. 0: This
switch is turned off. The GTP-U is reconfigured in the
preceding scenario. 23.
Whether the RNC adjusts the activation time for
encryption parameters based on an RB SETUP
COMPLETE message 1: This switch is turned on. The
RNC does not adjust the activation time for encryption
parameters as long as the difference between the
activation times specified in an RB SETUP
COMPLETE message and in the corresponding RB
SETUP message is smaller than 200 connection frame
numbers (CFNs). 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC
always adjusts the activation time for encryption
parameters based on an RB SETUP COMPLETE
message, regardless of the preceding difference. 24.
CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH Whether the
RNC reinitiates CS services upon receiving a RAB

WCDMA RAN

nd
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message in which only the

CS allocation/retention priority (CARP) is changed. 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC does not reinitiate
CS services, which prevents CS call drops. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RNC reinitiates CS services,
which results in CS call drops. 25.
Whether the RNC buffers a TMSI REALLOCATION
COMMAND message received during an RAB setup.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC buffers the TMSI
REALLOCATION COMMAND message received
during the RAB setup and then forwards the message to
a UE after the RAB setup. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RNC does not buffer the TMSI REALLOCATION
COMMAND message received during the RAB setup.
The RNC directly forwards the message to a UE. 26.
IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH Whether an
UCP subsystem sends a PS service release message to
an Iu-PS interface board in case of a faulty IP path, a
faulty Signaling Connection Control Part (SCCP) link,
or a reset on the Iu interface 1: This switch is turned on.
The UCP subsystem sends the PS service release
message to the Iu-PS interface board. 0: This switch is
turned off. The UCP subsystem does not send any PS
service release message to the Iu-PS interface board. 27.
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH Whether the RNC
initiates radio link (RL) reestablishment during a radio
bearer (RB) reconfiguration when the RNC detects that
a signaling radio bearer (SRB) is reset or all RLs for a
UE are out of synchronization 1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC initiates RL reestablishment during the
RB reconfiguration. 0: This switch is turned off. The
RNC does not initiate RL reestablishment during the RB
reconfiguration. 28.
F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH Whether the RNC
buffers a DIRECT TRANSFER message received from
the CN and sends a PAGING message after the RNC
receives a RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION
COMPLETE message from a UE moving from the
CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH state (F2P for short) 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC buffers the DIRECT
TRANSFER message and sends the PAGING message
to the UE. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does
not buffer the DIRECT TRANSFER message. 29.
SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH Whether the RNC
performs compatibility processing upon receiving a
Signalling Connection Release Indication message with

WCDMA RAN

nd
the cause value "UE Requested PS Data Session End"

when CS+PS combined services are performed. 1: This
switch is turned on. The RNC performs compatibility
processing. It sends an RB RELEASE message
containing the Signalling Connection Release
Indication information element (IE) to instruct a UE to
release the signaling connection in the corresponding
perform compatibility processing and it discards the
SCRI message. 30. GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH
Whether the RNC measures the number of call drops
when it receives a GTPU Error Indication message
pertaining to a UE from the CN and releases the RRC
connection. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does
not measure the number of call drops in the preceding
scenario. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC
measures the number of call drops when releasing PS
services. 31.
Whether the RNC contains the MAC-hs reset indicator
information element (IE) in the PHYSICAL
CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION and RADIO
BEARER RECONFIGURATION messages for a reset
of the MAC-hs entity. The two messages are sent to a
UE when a service link over the Iur interface changes.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC contains the MAC-
hs reset indicator IE in the two preceding messages. 0:
This switch is turned off. The RNC does not contain the
MAC-hs reset indicator IE in the two preceding
messages. 32.
UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH(UL
Integrity Compatibility Optimization Switch) Reserved
switch for security mode compatibility handling. The
bit field value is not internally used in this version.
GUI Value Range:
PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH
(PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH),
ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH
(ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH),
MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH
(MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH),
CH
(FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWIT
CH), UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH
(UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH),

WCDMA RAN

nd
RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH
(RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH), P2D_SWITCH
(P2D_SWITCH),
(AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH),
SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
(SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH),
RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
(RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH),
CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
(CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH),
PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
(PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH),
UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH
(UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH),
RL_RESTORE_SWITCH
(RL_RESTORE_SWITCH),
RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH
(RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH),
RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH
(RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH),
RRC_RECONN_SWITCH
(RRC_RECONN_SWITCH),
RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH
(RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH),
F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH
(F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH),
CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH
(CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH),
SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH
(SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH),
P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH
(P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH),
(RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH),
CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH
(CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH),
(RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH),
IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH
(IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH),
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH
(RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH),
F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH
(F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH),
SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH
(SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH),

WCDMA RAN

nd
GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH
(GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH),
(IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITC
H), UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH
(UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH,
ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH,
MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH,
CH, UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH,
RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH, P2D_SWITCH,
AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH,
SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH,
RL_RESTORE_SWITCH,
RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH,
RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH,
RRC_RECONN_SWITCH,
RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH,
F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH,
CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH,
SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH,
P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH,
RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH,
CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH,
RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH,
IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH,
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH,
SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH,
GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH,
, UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH
Default Value: PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH:
0,MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH:
0,FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWI
TCH:0,UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH:
0,RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH:0,P2D_SWITCH:
0,AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH:
0,RL_RESTORE_SWITCH:
0,RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH:
1,RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH:
0,RRC_RECONN_SWITCH:
0,RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH:
1,F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH:
0,CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH:
0,SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH:
0,P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH:
1,RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH:
1,CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH:
0,RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH:
0,IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH:
0,RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH:
0,SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH:
0,GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH:
0,IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITC
H:1,UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH:0
CSRLR BSC690 SET WRFD- Call Meaning: Amount of time the RNC waits for a cell
eEstCell 0 USTAT 140103 Reestabl update message from a UE with ongoing CS services
UpdateT ETIME ishment after the RNC turns off the radio transmitter. Unit: ms
mr R GUI Value Range: 100~384000
Unit: ms
Default Value: 15000
CSRLR BSC691 SET WRFD- Call Meaning: Amount of time the RNC waits for a cell
eEstCell 0 USTAT 140103 Reestabl update message from a UE with ongoing CS services
UpdateT ETIME ishment after the RNC turns off the radio transmitter. Unit: ms
Unit: ms

WCDMA RAN

nd
PSRLRe BSC690 SET WRFD- Call Meaning: Time the RNC waits for a cell update message
EstCell 0 USTAT 140103 Reestabl from a UE with only ongoing PS services after the RNC
UpdateT ETIME ishment turns off the radio transmitter. Unit: ms
Unit: ms
PSRLRe BSC691 SET WRFD- Call Meaning: Time the RNC waits for a cell update message
EstCell 0 USTAT 140103 Reestabl from a UE with only ongoing PS services after the RNC
UpdateT ETIME ishment turns off the radio transmitter. Unit: ms
Unit: ms
NOutsy BSC691 ADD WRFD- Physical Meaning: Number of times of successive in-sync
ncInd 0 UCELL 022000 Channel indications required for starting the radio link failure
SETUP Manage timer. When the radio link set is in the synchronized
MOD ment state, the NodeB starts the timer after it receives
UCELL successive out-of-sync indications of the number
defined by "NOutsyncInd". The NodeB shall stop and
reset the timer after receiving successive in-sync
indications of the number defined by "NInsyncInd".
"TRlFailure" specifies the length of the timer. When the
timer expires, the NodeB triggers the radio link failure
process, and indicates which radio link set is out-of-
sync.
Unit: None
Default Value: 50

WCDMA RAN

nd
NOutsy BSC690 ADD WRFD- Physical Meaning: Number of times of successive in-sync
ncInd 0 UCELL 022000 Channel indications required for starting the radio link failure
SETUP Manage timer. When the radio link set is in the synchronized
MOD ment state, the NodeB starts the timer after it receives
UCELL successive out-of-sync indications of the number
defined by "NOutsyncInd". The NodeB shall stop and
reset the timer after receiving successive in-sync
indications of the number defined by "NInsyncInd".
"TRlFailure" specifies the length of the timer. When the
timer expires, the NodeB triggers the radio link failure
process, and indicates which radio link set is out-of-
sync.
Unit: None
Default Value: 50
TRlFail BSC690 ADD WRFD- Call Meaning: Radio link failure timer duration. When the
ure 0 UCELL 140103 Reestabl radio link set is in the synchronized state, the NodeB
SETUP WRFD- ishment starts the timer after it receives successive out-of-sync
MOD 022000 Physical indications of the number defined by NOutsyncInd. The
UCELL Channel NodeB shall stop and reset the timer after receiving
Manage successive in-sync indications of the number defined by
ment NInsyncInd. When the timer expires, the NodeB
triggers the radio link failure process, and indicates
which radio link set is out-of-sync.
Unit: 0.1s
Actual Value Range: 0~25.5
Default Value: 50
TRlFail BSC691 ADD WRFD- Call Meaning: Radio link failure timer duration. When the
ure 0 UCELL 140103 Reestabl radio link set is in the synchronized state, the NodeB
SETUP WRFD- ishment starts the timer after it receives successive out-of-sync
MOD 022000 Physical indications of the number defined by NOutsyncInd. The
UCELL Channel NodeB shall stop and reset the timer after receiving
Manage successive in-sync indications of the number defined by
ment NInsyncInd. When the timer expires, the NodeB
triggers the radio link failure process, and indicates
which radio link set is out-of-sync.
Unit: 0.1s
Actual Value Range: 0~25.5
Default Value: 50

WCDMA RAN

nd
NInsync BSC690 ADD WRFD- Call Meaning: Number of times of successive in-sync
Ind 0 UCELL 140103 Reestabl indications required for the NodeB to trigger the radio
SETUP WRFD- ishment link recovery process. The radio link set remains in the
MOD 022000 Physical initial state until it has received a number (the number
UCELL Channel is defined by "NInsyncInd") of successive in-sync
Manage indications from L1, and then the NodeB triggers the
ment radio link recovery process, which indicates that the
radio link set has been synchronized. Once the radio link
recovery process is triggered, the radio link set is
considered to be in the synchronized state. In the radio
link maintenance process.
Unit: None
Default Value: 5
NInsync BSC691 ADD WRFD- Call Meaning: Number of times of successive in-sync
Ind 0 UCELL 140103 Reestabl indications required for the NodeB to trigger the radio
SETUP WRFD- ishment link recovery process. The radio link set remains in the
MOD 022000 Physical initial state until it has received a number (the number
UCELL Channel is defined by "NInsyncInd") of successive in-sync
Manage indications from L1, and then the NodeB triggers the
ment radio link recovery process, which indicates that the
radio link set has been synchronized. Once the radio link
recovery process is triggered, the radio link set is
considered to be in the synchronized state. In the radio
link maintenance process.
Unit: None
Default Value: 5

WCDMA RAN

nd
RlRstrT BSC690 SET WRFD- 3GPP Meaning: A timer to RNC wait for radio link restoration
mr 0 USTAT 010101 R9 indication in the radio link procedure. Disuse
ETIME WRFD- Specific Statement:The value range of "RlRstrTmr" is 1 to
R 140103 ations 300000 in the current version. In a later version, the
Call value range changes into 100 to 300000. In the current
Reestabl version, if you enter a value within the range of 1 to 100
ishment including 1, this value can still be synchronized and
issued but the system regards the value as 11000, the
recommended value. Therefore, you are advised not to
enter a value smaller than 100.
Unit: ms
RlRstrT BSC691 SET WRFD- 3GPP Meaning: A timer to RNC wait for radio link restoration
mr 0 USTAT 010101 R9 indication in the radio link procedure. Disuse
ETIME WRFD- Specific Statement:The value range of "RlRstrTmr" is 1 to
R 140103 ations 300000 in the current version. In a later version, the
Call value range changes into 100 to 300000. In the current
Reestabl version, if you enter a value within the range of 1 to 100
ishment including 1, this value can still be synchronized and
issued but the system regards the value as 11000, the
enter a value smaller than 100.
Unit: ms

WCDMA RAN

nd
T313 BSC690 SET WRFD- 3GPP Meaning: Timer 313. T313 starts when a UE detects
0 UCONN 010101 R9 N313 successive "out of sync" indications from Layer
MODET WRFD- Specific 1 and stops when the UE detects N315 successive "in
IMER 140103 ations sync" indications form Layer 1. When T313 expires, the
Call radio link setup fails. The protocol-defined default value
WRFD- is 3. The value of this parameter is contained in SIB1
010802 Reestabl
ishment messages.
WRFD- GUI Value Range: 0~15
010801 Inter
RNC Unit: s
Cell Actual Value Range: 0~15
Update
Default Value: 3
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
T313 BSC691 SET WRFD- 3GPP Meaning: Timer 313. T313 starts when a UE detects
0 UCONN 010101 R9 N313 successive "out of sync" indications from Layer
MODET WRFD- Specific 1 and stops when the UE detects N315 successive "in
IMER 140103 ations sync" indications form Layer 1. When T313 expires, the
Call radio link setup fails. The protocol-defined default value
WRFD- is 3. The value of this parameter is contained in SIB1
010802 Reestabl
ishment messages.
WRFD- GUI Value Range: 0~15
010801 Inter
RNC Unit: s
Cell Actual Value Range: 0~15
Update
Default Value: 3
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update

WCDMA RAN

nd
N313 BSC690 SET WRFD- 3GPP Meaning: Maximum number of successive "out of sync"
0 UCONN 010101 R9 indications received from Layer 1. The protocol-defined
MODET WRFD- Specific default value is 20. The value of this parameter is
IMER 140103 ations contained in SIB1 messages.
WRFD- Call GUI Value Range: D1, D2, D4, D10, D20, D50, D100,
010802 Reestabl D200
ishment Unit: None
WRFD-
010801 Inter Actual Value Range: 1, 2, 4, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200
RNC
Cell Default Value: D50
Update
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
N313 BSC691 SET WRFD- 3GPP Meaning: Maximum number of successive "out of sync"
0 UCONN 010101 R9 indications received from Layer 1. The protocol-defined
MODET WRFD- Specific default value is 20. The value of this parameter is
IMER 140103 ations contained in SIB1 messages.
010802 Reestabl D200
ishment Unit: None
WRFD-
010801 Inter Actual Value Range: 1, 2, 4, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200
RNC
Cell Default Value: D50
Update
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update

WCDMA RAN

nd
N315 BSC690 SET WRFD- 3GPP Meaning: Maximum number of successive "in sync"
0 UCONN 010101 R9 indications received from Layer 1 after T313 starts. The
MODET WRFD- Specific protocol-defined default value is 1. The value of this
IMER 140103 ations parameter is contained in SIB1 messages.
010802 Reestabl D200, D400, D600, D800, D1000
ishment Unit: None
WRFD-
010801 Inter Actual Value Range: 1, 2, 4, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 400,
RNC 600, 800, 1000
Cell
Update Default Value: D1
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
N315 BSC691 SET WRFD- 3GPP Meaning: Maximum number of successive "in sync"
0 UCONN 010101 R9 indications received from Layer 1 after T313 starts. The
MODET WRFD- Specific protocol-defined default value is 1. The value of this
IMER 140103 ations parameter is contained in SIB1 messages.
010802 Reestabl D200, D400, D600, D800, D1000
ishment Unit: None
WRFD-
010801 Inter Actual Value Range: 1, 2, 4, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 400,
RNC 600, 800, 1000
Cell
Update Default Value: D1
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update

WCDMA RAN

nd
T302 BSC690 SET WRFD- Intra Meaning: Timer 302. T302 starts when a UE sends a
0 UCONN 010901 RNC CELL UPDATE/URA UPDATE message and stops
MODET WRFD- URA when the UE receives a CELL UPDATE CONFIRM/
IMER 010902 Update URA UPDATE CONFIRM message. When T302
Inter expires, the UE resends a CELL UPDATE/URA
WRFD- UPDATE message if the value of the counter V302 is
010101 RNC
URA smaller than or equal to that of the parameter N302. If
WRFD- Update the value of V302 is larger than that of N302 when T302
040100 expires, the UE enters the idle mode. The protocol-
3GPP defined default value is 4000. The value of this
WRFD- R9
140103 parameter is contained in SIB1 messages.
Specific
WRFD- ations GUI Value Range: D100, D200, D400, D600, D800,
010801 D1000, D1200, D1400, D1600, D1800, D2000, D3000,
Flow D4000, D6000, D8000
WRFD- Control
010802 Unit: ms
Call
Reestabl Actual Value Range: 100, 200, 400, 600, 800, 1000,
ishment 1200, 1400, 1600, 1800, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 8000
Intra Default Value: D2000

RNC
Cell
Update
Inter
RNC
Cell
Update

WCDMA RAN

nd
T302 BSC691 SET WRFD- Intra Meaning: Timer 302. T302 starts when a UE sends a
0 UCONN 010901 RNC CELL UPDATE/URA UPDATE message and stops
MODET WRFD- URA when the UE receives a CELL UPDATE CONFIRM/
IMER 010902 Update URA UPDATE CONFIRM message. When T302
Inter expires, the UE resends a CELL UPDATE/URA
WRFD- UPDATE message if the value of the counter V302 is
010101 RNC
URA smaller than or equal to that of the parameter N302. If
WRFD- Update the value of V302 is larger than that of N302 when T302
040100 expires, the UE enters the idle mode. The protocol-
3GPP defined default value is 4000. The value of this
WRFD- R9
140103 parameter is contained in SIB1 messages.
Specific
WRFD- ations GUI Value Range: D100, D200, D400, D600, D800,
010801 D1000, D1200, D1400, D1600, D1800, D2000, D3000,
Flow D4000, D6000, D8000
WRFD- Control
010802 Unit: ms
Call
Reestabl Actual Value Range: 100, 200, 400, 600, 800, 1000,
ishment 1200, 1400, 1600, 1800, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 8000
Intra Default Value: D2000

RNC
Cell
Update
Inter
RNC
Cell
Update

WCDMA RAN

nd
T314 BSC690 SET WRFD- 3GPP Meaning: Timer 314. T314 starts when the criteria for
0 UCONN 010101 R9 radio link synchronization failure are fulfilled and only
MODET WRFD- Specific RBs associated with T314 exist. T314 stops when the
IMER 140103 ations cell update procedure is completed. The protocol-
Call defined default value is 12. When a UE in the
WRFD- CELL_DCH state experiences a radio link
010802 Reestabl
ishment synchronization failure, the UE starts T315 or T314 and
WRFD- sends a CELL UPDATE message. Before T314 or T315
010801 Inter expires, the UE resends the CELL UPDATE message
RNC if radio link reconfiguration through the CELL
Cell UPDATE CONFIRM message fails. This provides an
Update opportunity for radio link reconfiguration, which is
Intra associated with T302 and N302. It is recommended that
RNC T314 be set to a value greater than the product of T302
Cell and N302. The smaller the value of T314 is, the higher
Update the call drop rate of the corresponding service is. When
T314 expires and the UE is performing a CS service, or
T315 expires and the UE is performing a PS service, the
RNC releases the RRC connection. The value of this
parameter is contained in SIB1 messages.
GUI Value Range: D0, D2, D4, D6, D8, D12, D16, D20
Unit: s
Actual Value Range: 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 20
Default Value: D0

WCDMA RAN

nd
010802 Reestabl
GUI Value Range: D0, D2, D4, D6, D8, D12, D16, D20
Unit: s
Default Value: D0

WCDMA RAN

nd
010802 Reestabl
GUI Value Range: D0, D10, D30, D60, D180, D600,
D1200, D1800
Unit: s
Default Value: D0

WCDMA RAN

nd
010802 Reestabl
GUI Value Range: D0, D10, D30, D60, D180, D600,
D1200, D1800
Unit: s
Default Value: D0
RrcSecrt BSC690 SET WRFD- 3GPP Meaning: A timer to RNC wait for the response to
ModeC 0 USTAT 010101 R9 security mode command from UE in security mode
mpTmr ETIME Specific procedure. Disuse Statement:The value range of
R ations "RrcSecrtModeCmpTmr" is 1 to 10000 in the current
version. In a later version, the value range changes into
100 to 10000. In the current version, if you enter a value
within the range of 1 to 100 including 1, this value can
still be synchronized and issued but the system regards
the value as 5000, the recommended value. Therefore,
you are advised not to enter a value smaller than 100.
Unit: ms
Default Value: 5000

WCDMA RAN

nd
RrcSecrt BSC691 SET WRFD- 3GPP Meaning: A timer to RNC wait for the response to
ModeC 0 USTAT 010101 R9 security mode command from UE in security mode
mpTmr ETIME Specific procedure. Disuse Statement:The value range of
R ations "RrcSecrtModeCmpTmr" is 1 to 10000 in the current
version. In a later version, the value range changes into
100 to 10000. In the current version, if you enter a value
within the range of 1 to 100 including 1, this value can
still be synchronized and issued but the system regards
the value as 5000, the recommended value. Therefore,
you are advised not to enter a value smaller than 100.
Unit: ms
Default Value: 5000

WCDMA RAN

nd
PROCE BSC690 SET WRFD- Video Meaning: 1)

SSSWIT 0 URRCT 150252 Service INTERRAT_LOAD_SINGLE_RPT_FOR_LTE_SWI
CH5 RLSWI WRFD- Rate TCH(RIM-based and Request-based Load Information
TCH 150253 Adaptio Sharing Switch) Whether a UMTS cell sends its load
n information to an LTE cell through the RIM procedure
WRFD- after receiving a load information sharing request from
150254 VoIP
Applicat the LTE cell. 1: This switch is turned on. UMTS cells
WRFD- ion support the RIM-based load information sharing
150255 Manage function. A UMTS cell sends its load information to an
ment LTE cell after receiving a load information sharing
request from the LTE cell. 0: This switch is turned off.
Differen UMTS cells do not support the RIM-based load
tiated information sharing function. A UMTS cell does not
Service respond to the load information sharing request from an
Based LTE cell. 2)
on INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWITC
Applicat H(Learning LTE Load Through RIM Switch) Whether
ion the RNC obtains the load information about LTE cells
Resourc through the RAN information management (RIM)
e procedure. For details about the RIM procedure, see
Reservat 3GPP TS 48. 018. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC
ion obtains the load information about LTE cells through
Differen the RIM procedure. 0: This switch is turned off. The
tiated RNC cannot obtain the load information about LTE
Service cells through the RIM procedure. 3)
Based UL_EVQI_SWITCH(UL EVQI Evaluation Switch)
on Whether to enable the EVQI function in the uplink. 1:
Termina This switch is turned on. EVQI is enabled in the uplink.
l 0: This switch is turned off. EVQI is disabled in the
uplink. 4)DL_EVQI_SWITCH(DL EVQI Evaluation
Switch) Whether to enable the EVQI function in the
downlink. 1: This switch is turned on. EVQI is enabled
in the downlink. 0: This switch is turned off. EVQI is
disabled in the downlink. 5)
VIDEO_RATE_ADAPTION_SWITCH (Video
Service Rate Adaption Switch) Whether the Video
Service Rate Adaption feature is enabled. 1: This switch
is turned on. The Video Service Rate Adaption feature
is enabled for PS UEs processing video services. That
is, the rate of video service is ensured or is limited for
these PS UEs. 0: This switch is turned off. The Video
Service Rate Adaption feature is disabled for PS UEs.
6) VOIP_MANAGE_SWITCH (VoIP Application
Management Switch) Whether the VoIP application
management function is enabled. 1: This switch is
turned on. VoIP application management actions are
performed on PS UEs that are processing VoIP services.

WCDMA RAN

nd
VoIP application management actions can either be

VoIP application rate ensurance or VoIP application
speed limit. 0: This switch is turned off. the VoIP
application management function is disabled for PS
UEs. 7) DIFF_SERVICE_ON_TERMINAL_SWITCH
(Differentiated Service Based on Terminal Switch)
Whether the Differentiated Service Based on Terminal
feature is enabled. 1: This switch is turned on. PS UEs
processing BE services are grouped into different
terminal groups based on their type approval codes
(TACs) in IMEIs, and each terminal group is assigned
an SPI weight for BE services, thereby achieving
differentiated services. 0: This switch is turned off. The
Differentiated Service Based on Terminal feature is
disabled for PS UEs processing BE services. 8)
APP_GRP_RES_RSV_SWITCH (Differentiated
Service Based on Application Resource Reservation
Switch) Whether the Differentiated Service Based on
Application Resource Reservation feature is enabled. 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC identifies service
types, maps different service types to different resource
groups, and configure different resource reservation
policies for these resource groups. In this way, resource
reservation is performed based on service types. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RNC does not reserve
resources based on service types or service groups. 9)
RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH(Support RIM by
eCoordinator Switch) Whether the RIM procedure is
implemented through the eCoordinator. 1: This switch
is turned on. The RIM procedure is implemented
through the eCoordinator. 0: This switch is turned off.
the RIM procedure is implemented through the CN.
This parameter is an advanced parameter. Therefore,
modify the setting of this parameter under the
instruction of Huawei technical support. 10)
SRBCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH(RB
Fast Setup Switch for RB Setups Accompanied by
DRDs with Changing SRBs) Whether to use the RB fast
with changing SRBs. 1: This switch is turned on. The
RB fast setup function is used for RB setups
accompanied by DRDs with changing SRBs. 0: This
switch is turned off. The simultaneous setup procedure
is used for RB setups accompanied by DRDs with
changing SRBs. 11)
SRBNOCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH
(RB Fast Setup Switch for RB Setups Accompanied by

WCDMA RAN

nd
DRDs with Unchanged SRBs) Whether to use the RB

fast setup function for RB setups accompanied by DRDs
with unchanged SRBs. 1: This switch is turned on. The
accompanied by DRDs with unchanged SRBs. 0: This
unchanged SRBs. 12)
FACH_RB_RECFG_FAIL_SPEC_CAUSE_SWITC
H Whether the RNC releases a UE's RRC connection
after an RB reconfiguration failure with the cause of
"incompatibleSimultaneousReconfiguration" or
"invalid configuration." This switch is set to off by
default. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC releases
the UE's RRC connection. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RNC does not release the UE's RRC connection and
rolls back the procedure. 13)
WBAMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH
Whether RNC performs rollback operations when
AMR-WB services experience hard handover failures.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC performs rollback
operations when AMR-WB services experience hard
handover failures. Before setting this switch to ON, you
are advised to run the "SET UCONNMODETIMER"
command to set T312 to 1s. Otherwise, some UEs
experience garbled noise. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RNC does not perform rollback operations when
AMR-WB services experience hard handover failures,
and UEs experience call drops.
GUI Value Range:
INTERRAT_LOAD_SINGLE_RPT_FOR_LTE_SWI
TCH,
INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWITC
H, UL_EVQI_SWITCH, DL_EVQI_SWITCH,
VIDEO_RATE_ADAPTION_SWITCH,
VOIP_MANAGE_SWITCH,
DIFF_SERVICE_ON_TERMINAL_SWITCH,
APP_GRP_RES_RSV_SWITCH,
RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH,
SRBCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH,
SRBNOCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH,
H, WBAMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH,
VOIP_MANAGE_SWITCH,
RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH,
Default Value:
TCH:
0,INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWIT
CH:0,UL_EVQI_SWITCH:0,DL_EVQI_SWITCH:
0,VIDEO_RATE_ADAPTION_SWITCH:
0,VOIP_MANAGE_SWITCH:
0,DIFF_SERVICE_ON_TERMINAL_SWITCH:
0,APP_GRP_RES_RSV_SWITCH:
0,RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH:
0,SRBCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,SRBNOCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,FACH_RB_RECFG_FAIL_SPEC_CAUSE_SWIT
CH:
0,WBAMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
PROCE BSC691 SET WRFD- Video Meaning: 1)

SSSWIT 0 URRCT 150252 Service INTERRAT_LOAD_SINGLE_RPT_FOR_LTE_SWI
CH5 RLSWI WRFD- Rate TCH(RIM-based and Request-based Load Information
TCH 150253 Adaptio Sharing Switch) Whether a UMTS cell sends its load
n information to an LTE cell through the RIM procedure
WRFD- after receiving a load information sharing request from
150254 VoIP
Applicat the LTE cell. 1: This switch is turned on. UMTS cells
WRFD- ion support the RIM-based load information sharing
150255 Manage function. A UMTS cell sends its load information to an
ment LTE cell after receiving a load information sharing
request from the LTE cell. 0: This switch is turned off.
Differen UMTS cells do not support the RIM-based load
tiated information sharing function. A UMTS cell does not
Service respond to the load information sharing request from an
Based LTE cell. 2)
on INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWITC
Applicat H(Learning LTE Load Through RIM Switch) Whether
ion the RNC obtains the load information about LTE cells
Resourc through the RAN information management (RIM)
e procedure. For details about the RIM procedure, see
Reservat 3GPP TS 48. 018. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC
ion obtains the load information about LTE cells through
Differen the RIM procedure. 0: This switch is turned off. The
tiated RNC cannot obtain the load information about LTE
Service cells through the RIM procedure. 3)
Based UL_EVQI_SWITCH(UL EVQI Evaluation Switch)
on Whether to enable the EVQI function in the uplink. 1:
Termina This switch is turned on. EVQI is enabled in the uplink.
l 0: This switch is turned off. EVQI is disabled in the
uplink. 4)DL_EVQI_SWITCH(DL EVQI Evaluation
Switch) Whether to enable the EVQI function in the
downlink. 1: This switch is turned on. EVQI is enabled
in the downlink. 0: This switch is turned off. EVQI is
disabled in the downlink. 5)
VIDEO_RATE_ADAPTION_SWITCH (Video
Service Rate Adaption Switch) Whether the Video
Service Rate Adaption feature is enabled. 1: This switch
is turned on. The Video Service Rate Adaption feature
is enabled for PS UEs processing video services. That
is, the rate of video service is ensured or is limited for
these PS UEs. 0: This switch is turned off. The Video
Service Rate Adaption feature is disabled for PS UEs.
6) VOIP_MANAGE_SWITCH (VoIP Application
Management Switch) Whether the VoIP application
management function is enabled. 1: This switch is
turned on. VoIP application management actions are
performed on PS UEs that are processing VoIP services.

WCDMA RAN

nd
VoIP application management actions can either be

VoIP application rate ensurance or VoIP application
speed limit. 0: This switch is turned off. the VoIP
application management function is disabled for PS
UEs. 7) DIFF_SERVICE_ON_TERMINAL_SWITCH
(Differentiated Service Based on Terminal Switch)
Whether the Differentiated Service Based on Terminal
feature is enabled. 1: This switch is turned on. PS UEs
processing BE services are grouped into different
terminal groups based on their type approval codes
(TACs) in IMEIs, and each terminal group is assigned
an SPI weight for BE services, thereby achieving
differentiated services. 0: This switch is turned off. The
Differentiated Service Based on Terminal feature is
disabled for PS UEs processing BE services. 8)
APP_GRP_RES_RSV_SWITCH (Differentiated
Service Based on Application Resource Reservation
Switch) Whether the Differentiated Service Based on
Application Resource Reservation feature is enabled. 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC identifies service
types, maps different service types to different resource
groups, and configure different resource reservation
policies for these resource groups. In this way, resource
reservation is performed based on service types. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RNC does not reserve
resources based on service types or service groups. 9)
RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH(Support RIM by
eCoordinator Switch) Whether the RIM procedure is
implemented through the eCoordinator. 1: This switch
is turned on. The RIM procedure is implemented
through the eCoordinator. 0: This switch is turned off.
the RIM procedure is implemented through the CN.
This parameter is an advanced parameter. Therefore,
modify the setting of this parameter under the
instruction of Huawei technical support. 10)
SRBCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH(RB
Fast Setup Switch for RB Setups Accompanied by
DRDs with Changing SRBs) Whether to use the RB fast
with changing SRBs. 1: This switch is turned on. The
accompanied by DRDs with changing SRBs. 0: This
changing SRBs. 11)
SRBNOCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH
(RB Fast Setup Switch for RB Setups Accompanied by

WCDMA RAN

nd
DRDs with Unchanged SRBs) Whether to use the RB

fast setup function for RB setups accompanied by DRDs
with unchanged SRBs. 1: This switch is turned on. The
accompanied by DRDs with unchanged SRBs. 0: This
unchanged SRBs. 12)
H Whether the RNC releases a UE's RRC connection
after an RB reconfiguration failure with the cause of
"incompatibleSimultaneousReconfiguration" or
"invalid configuration." This switch is set to off by
default. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC releases
the UE's RRC connection. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RNC does not release the UE's RRC connection and
rolls back the procedure. 13)
WBAMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH
Whether RNC performs rollback operations when
AMR-WB services experience hard handover failures.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC performs rollback
operations when AMR-WB services experience hard
handover failures. Before setting this switch to ON, you
are advised to run the "SET UCONNMODETIMER"
command to set T312 to 1s. Otherwise, some UEs
experience garbled noise. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RNC does not perform rollback operations when
AMR-WB services experience hard handover failures,
and UEs experience call drops.
GUI Value Range:
TCH,
VOIP_MANAGE_SWITCH,
RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH,
VOIP_MANAGE_SWITCH,
RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH,
Default Value:
TCH:
0,INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWIT
CH:0,UL_EVQI_SWITCH:0,DL_EVQI_SWITCH:
0,VIDEO_RATE_ADAPTION_SWITCH:
0,VOIP_MANAGE_SWITCH:
0,DIFF_SERVICE_ON_TERMINAL_SWITCH:
0,APP_GRP_RES_RSV_SWITCH:
0,RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH:
0,SRBCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,SRBNOCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,FACH_RB_RECFG_FAIL_SPEC_CAUSE_SWIT
CH:
0,WBAMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH:0
RsvU32 BSC690 SET None None Meaning: RRM algorithm reserved U32 para 4. The 32-
Para4 0 UALGO bit parameter is reserved for further change request use.
RSVPA Disuse statement: This parameter is used temporarily in
RA patch versions and will be replaced with a new
parameter in later versions. The new parameter ID
reflects the parameter function. Therefore, this
interface.
Unit: None
Default Value: 0

WCDMA RAN

nd
RsvU32 BSC691 SET None None Meaning: RRM algorithm reserved U32 para 4. The 32-
Para4 0 UALGO bit parameter is reserved for further change request use.
RSVPA Disuse statement: This parameter is used temporarily in
RA patch versions and will be replaced with a new
parameter in later versions. The new parameter ID
reflects the parameter function. Therefore, this
interface.
Unit: None
Default Value: 0

WCDMA RAN

nd
RsvSwit BSC690 ADD WRFD- Enhance Meaning: Reserved Switch. The para reserved for
ch 0 UIMEIT 020500 d Fast further change request use. Disuse statement: This
AC Dorman parameter is used temporarily in patch versions and will
MOD cy be replaced with a new parameter in later versions. The
UIMEIT new parameter ID reflects the parameter function.
AC Therefore, this parameter is not recommended for the
configuration interface.
GUI Value Range: RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT1,
RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT2,
RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT32
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT1,

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value:
RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT1:0,RESERVED_SWITC
H_BIT2:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT3:0,RESERV
ED_SWITCH_BIT4:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT5:
0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT6:0,RESERVED_SWI
TCH_BIT7:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT8:0,RESER
VED_SWITCH_BIT9:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT
10:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT11:0,RESERVED_S
WITCH_BIT12:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT13:0,R
ESERVED_SWITCH_BIT14:0,RESERVED_SWITC
H_BIT15:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT16:0,RESER
VED_SWITCH_BIT17:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BI
T18:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT19:0,RESERVED
_SWITCH_BIT20:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT21:0
,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT22:0,RESERVED_SWI
TCH_BIT23:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT24:0,RES
ERVED_SWITCH_BIT25:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_
BIT26:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT27:0,RESERVE
D_SWITCH_BIT28:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT29
:

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH_BIT31:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT32:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
RsvSwit BSC691 ADD WRFD- Enhance Meaning: Reserved Switch. The para reserved for
ch 0 UIMEIT 020500 d Fast further change request use. Disuse statement: This
AC Dorman parameter is used temporarily in patch versions and will
MOD cy be replaced with a new parameter in later versions. The
UIMEIT new parameter ID reflects the parameter function.
AC Therefore, this parameter is not recommended for the
configuration interface.
GUI Value Range: RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT1,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT1,

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value:
RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT1:0,RESERVED_SWITC
H_BIT2:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT3:0,RESERV
ED_SWITCH_BIT4:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT5:
TCH_BIT7:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT8:0,RESER
VED_SWITCH_BIT9:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT
10:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT11:0,RESERVED_S
WITCH_BIT12:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT13:0,R
ESERVED_SWITCH_BIT14:0,RESERVED_SWITC
H_BIT15:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT16:0,RESER
VED_SWITCH_BIT17:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BI
T18:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT19:0,RESERVED
_SWITCH_BIT20:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT21:0
,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT22:0,RESERVED_SWI
TCH_BIT23:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT24:0,RES
ERVED_SWITCH_BIT25:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_
BIT26:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT27:0,RESERVE
D_SWITCH_BIT28:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT29

WCDMA RAN

nd
:
TCH_BIT31:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_BIT32:0
NoDisca BSC690 ADD WRFD- Logical Meaning: Maximum number of transmissions of a PDU
rdMaxD 0 UTYPR 020900 Channel before the RLC entity is reset. This parameter is
AT ABRLC Manage applicable to only the AM RLC entity whose
MOD ment "AMRlcDiscardMode" is set to NO_DISCARD. In this
UTYPR mode, the RLC entity will be directly reset if the number
ABRLC of retransmissions of an SDU reaches the value defined
by this parameter. The number of retransmissions at the
RLC layer increases when the Uu interface signal
quality deteriorates. In this situation, set the parameter
to a large value. For details, see 3GPP TS 25.322.
GUI Value Range: D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8,
D9, D10, D15, D20, D25, D30, D35, D40
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20,
25, 30, 35, 40
Default Value: None
NoDisca BSC691 ADD WRFD- Logical Meaning: Maximum number of transmissions of a PDU
rdMaxD 0 UTYPR 020900 Channel before the RLC entity is reset. This parameter is
AT ABRLC Manage applicable to only the AM RLC entity whose
MOD ment "AMRlcDiscardMode" is set to NO_DISCARD. In this
UTYPR mode, the RLC entity will be directly reset if the number
ABRLC of retransmissions of an SDU reaches the value defined
by this parameter. The number of retransmissions at the
RLC layer increases when the Uu interface signal
quality deteriorates. In this situation, set the parameter
to a large value. For details, see 3GPP TS 25.322.
GUI Value Range: D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8,
D9, D10, D15, D20, D25, D30, D35, D40
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20,
25, 30, 35, 40
Default Value: None

WCDMA RAN

nd
AMRlc BSC690 ADD WRFD- Call Meaning: Whether the AM RLC entity discards the
Discard 0 UTYPS 140103 Reestabl Service Data Units (SDUs) that need to be sent and, if
Mode RBRLC WRFD- ishment so, the discard mode. This parameter is applicable only
MOD 020900 Logical in the RLC AM mode. 1. If this parameter is set to
UTYPS Channel TIMER_BASED_WITH_EXPLICIT_SIGNALLING,
RBRLC Manage timer-based SDU discarding is triggered. When
ment receiving an SDU from upper layers, the TX end starts
the timer for discarding SDUs. If the timer expires, the
TX end discards this SDU. At the same time, it sends a
Move Receiving Window (MRW) command to the RX
end, indicating the discard, to update the RX window.
In this mode, "ExplicitTimerDiscard", "ExplicitTi-
merMRW", and "ExplicitMaxMRW" need to be set. 2.
If this parameter is set to
DISCARD_AFTER_MAX_DAT_RETRANSMIS-
SIONS, SDU discarding based on the maximum
number of retransmissions is triggered. If the number of
transmissions of a PDU exceeds the number specified
by "MaxDAT", the TX end discards the corresponding
SDU. At the same time, it sends an MRW command to
the RX end, indicating this discard, to update the RX
window. In this mode, "MaxDAT", "TimerMRW", and
"MaxMRW" need to be set. 3. If this parameter is set to
NO_DISCARD, the TX end does not discard any SDU.
If the number of transmissions of a PDU exceeds a
preset value, the AM RLC entity will be reset. In this
mode, "NoDiscardMaxDAT" needs to be set. For details
about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.322. Some RLC
SDUs may be discarded and so results in signaling
packet losses if this parameter is set to
TIMER_BASED_WITH_EXPLICIT_SIGNALLING
or DISCARD_AFTER_MAX_DAT_RETRANSMIS-
SIONS. Therefore, these values are not recommended.
This parameter is an advanced parameter. To modify
this parameter, contact Huawei Customer Service
Center for technical support.
GUI Value Range:
TIMER_BASED_WITH_EXPLICIT_SIGNALLING,
SIONS, NO_DISCARD
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
SIONS, NO_DISCARD

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value: None

WCDMA RAN

nd
AMRlc BSC691 ADD WRFD- Call Meaning: Whether the AM RLC entity discards the
Discard 0 UTYPS 140103 Reestabl Service Data Units (SDUs) that need to be sent and, if
Mode RBRLC WRFD- ishment so, the discard mode. This parameter is applicable only
MOD 020900 Logical in the RLC AM mode. 1. If this parameter is set to
UTYPS Channel TIMER_BASED_WITH_EXPLICIT_SIGNALLING,
RBRLC Manage timer-based SDU discarding is triggered. When
ment receiving an SDU from upper layers, the TX end starts
the timer for discarding SDUs. If the timer expires, the
TX end discards this SDU. At the same time, it sends a
Move Receiving Window (MRW) command to the RX
end, indicating the discard, to update the RX window.
In this mode, "ExplicitTimerDiscard", "ExplicitTi-
merMRW", and "ExplicitMaxMRW" need to be set. 2.
If this parameter is set to
SIONS, SDU discarding based on the maximum
number of retransmissions is triggered. If the number of
transmissions of a PDU exceeds the number specified
by "MaxDAT", the TX end discards the corresponding
SDU. At the same time, it sends an MRW command to
the RX end, indicating this discard, to update the RX
window. In this mode, "MaxDAT", "TimerMRW", and
"MaxMRW" need to be set. 3. If this parameter is set to
NO_DISCARD, the TX end does not discard any SDU.
If the number of transmissions of a PDU exceeds a
preset value, the AM RLC entity will be reset. In this
mode, "NoDiscardMaxDAT" needs to be set. For details
about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.322. Some RLC
SDUs may be discarded and so results in signaling
packet losses if this parameter is set to
TIMER_BASED_WITH_EXPLICIT_SIGNALLING
or DISCARD_AFTER_MAX_DAT_RETRANSMIS-
SIONS. Therefore, these values are not recommended.
This parameter is an advanced parameter. To modify
this parameter, contact Huawei Customer Service
Center for technical support.
GUI Value Range:
SIONS, NO_DISCARD
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
SIONS, NO_DISCARD

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value: None
HoAsuT BSC690 SET WRFD- Call Meaning: A timer to RNC wait for the response to active
mr 0 USTAT 140103 Reestabl set update in soft handover procedure. Disuse
ETIME WRFD- ishment Statement:The value range of "HoAsuTmr" is 1 to
R 020203 Inter 300000 in the current version. In a later version, the
RNC value range changes into 100 to 300000. In the current
WRFD- version, if you enter a value within the range of 1 to 100
020202 Soft
Handov including 1, this value can still be synchronized and
er issued but the system regards the value as 5000, the
Intra enter a value smaller than 100.
RNC
Soft GUI Value Range: 1~300000
Handov Unit: ms
er Actual Value Range: 1~300000
Default Value: 5000
HoAsuT BSC691 SET WRFD- Call Meaning: A timer to RNC wait for the response to active
mr 0 USTAT 140103 Reestabl set update in soft handover procedure. Disuse
ETIME WRFD- ishment Statement:The value range of "HoAsuTmr" is 1 to
R 020203 Inter 300000 in the current version. In a later version, the
RNC value range changes into 100 to 300000. In the current
WRFD- version, if you enter a value within the range of 1 to 100
020202 Soft
Handov including 1, this value can still be synchronized and
er issued but the system regards the value as 5000, the
Intra enter a value smaller than 100.
RNC
Soft GUI Value Range: 1~300000
Handov Unit: ms
er Actual Value Range: 1~300000
Default Value: 5000

WCDMA RAN

nd
HoPhyc BSC690 SET WRFD- Call Meaning: A timer to RNC wait for the response to
hRecfgT 0 USTAT 140103 Reestabl physical channel reconfiguration in hard handover
mr ETIME WRFD- ishment procedure. Disuse Statement:The value range of
R 020301 Intra "HoPhychRecfgTmr" is 1 to 300000 in the current
Frequen version. In a later version, the value range changes into
WRFD- 100 to 300000. In the current version, if you enter a
020302 cy Hard
Handov value within the range of 1 to 100 including 1, this value
WRFD- er can still be synchronized and issued but the system
020304 regards the value as 5000, the recommended value.
Inter Therefore, you are advised not to enter a value smaller
Frequen than 100.
cy Hard
Handov GUI Value Range: 1~300000
er Based Unit: ms
on Actual Value Range: 1~300000
Coverag
e Default Value: 5000
Inter
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov
er Based
on DL
QoS

WCDMA RAN

nd
HoPhyc BSC691 SET WRFD- Call Meaning: A timer to RNC wait for the response to
hRecfgT 0 USTAT 140103 Reestabl physical channel reconfiguration in hard handover
mr ETIME WRFD- ishment procedure. Disuse Statement:The value range of
R 020301 Intra "HoPhychRecfgTmr" is 1 to 300000 in the current
Frequen version. In a later version, the value range changes into
WRFD- 100 to 300000. In the current version, if you enter a
020302 cy Hard
Handov value within the range of 1 to 100 including 1, this value
WRFD- er can still be synchronized and issued but the system
020304 regards the value as 5000, the recommended value.
Inter Therefore, you are advised not to enter a value smaller
Frequen than 100.
cy Hard
Handov GUI Value Range: 1~300000
er Based Unit: ms
on Actual Value Range: 1~300000
Coverag
e Default Value: 5000
Inter
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov
er Based
on DL
QoS
RbRecfg BSC690 SET WRFD- 3GPP Meaning: A timer used to wait for the RB
RspTmr 0 USTAT 010101 R9 reconfiguration response from UE in the RB procedure.
ETIME WRFD- Specific Refer to the Note.
Call Unit: ms
Reestabl
Default Value: 5000
RbRecfg BSC691 SET WRFD- 3GPP Meaning: A timer used to wait for the RB
RspTmr 0 USTAT 010101 R9 reconfiguration response from UE in the RB procedure.
ETIME WRFD- Specific Refer to the Note.
Call Unit: ms
Reestabl
Default Value: 5000

WCDMA RAN

nd
Optimiz BSC690 SET None None Meaning: 1)ASU_RSP_FAIL_REL_UE Whether the

ationSwi 0 URRCT RNC abnormally releases the UE's connection in the
tch6 RLSWI following scenario:
TCH ASU_RSP_TIMEOUT_HANDLE_SWITCH under
the ProcessSwitch2 parameter in the SET
URRCTRLSWITCH command is set to on; the RNC
specified period of time during a soft handover
procedure, but the RNC considers the soft handover as
successful and continues with the processing
accordingly. After the radio link (RL) is reestablished,
the RNC receives an ACTIVE SET UPDATE
FAILURE message from the UE. 1: This switch is set
to on. The RNC discards the ACTIVE SET UPDATE
FAILURE message without releasing the UE's
connection. 0: This switch is set to off. The RNC
abnormally releases the UE's connection. 2)
CELL_PCH_UES_OPT_SWITCH Whether the RNC
corrects the value of the VS.CellPCHUEs counter in the
following scenarios. 1: This switch is set to on. Scenario
1: When a UE in the CELL_PCH state sends a CELL
UPDATE message to the RNC during its RRC
connection release, the RNC decreases the value of this
counter by one only after the RRC connection is
released, not during the RRC connection release.
Scenario 2: When the cell IDs of UEs in the CELL_PCH
state are incorrectly maintained, the RNC corrects the
value of this counter. 0: This switch is set to off.
Scenario 1: When a UE in the CELL_PCH state sends
a CELL UPDATE message to the RNC during its RRC
counter by one during the RRC connection release as
well as after the RRC connection is released. Scenario
2: When the cell IDs of UEs in the CELL_PCH state are
incorrectly maintained, the value of this counter remains
unchanged. 3)
DRNC_NOTICE_NODEB_SRNC_VEST_SWITCH
Whether the DRNC notifies the NodeB of the SRNC's
vendor over the Iub interface when the DRNC
determines that the SRNC is from another vendor. 1:
This switch is set to on. The DRNC notifies the NodeB
of the SRNC's vendor when the DRNC determines that
the SRNC is from another vendor. 0: This switch is set
to off. The DRNC does not notify the NodeB of the
SRNC's vendor.

WCDMA RAN

nd
GUI Value Range: ASU_RSP_FAIL_REL_UE,

CELL_PCH_UES_OPT_SWITCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: ASU_RSP_FAIL_REL_UE,
Default Value: ASU_RSP_FAIL_REL_UE:
0,CELL_PCH_UES_OPT_SWITCH:
0,DRNC_NOTICE_NODEB_SRNC_VEST_SWITC
H:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
Optimiz BSC691 SET None None Meaning: 1)ASU_RSP_FAIL_REL_UE Whether the

ationSwi 0 URRCT RNC abnormally releases the UE's connection in the
tch6 RLSWI following scenario:
TCH ASU_RSP_TIMEOUT_HANDLE_SWITCH under
the ProcessSwitch2 parameter in the SET
URRCTRLSWITCH command is set to on; the RNC
specified period of time during a soft handover
procedure, but the RNC considers the soft handover as
successful and continues with the processing
accordingly. After the radio link (RL) is reestablished,
the RNC receives an ACTIVE SET UPDATE
FAILURE message from the UE. 1: This switch is set
to on. The RNC discards the ACTIVE SET UPDATE
FAILURE message without releasing the UE's
connection. 0: This switch is set to off. The RNC
abnormally releases the UE's connection. 2)
CELL_PCH_UES_OPT_SWITCH Whether the RNC
corrects the value of the VS.CellPCHUEs counter in the
following scenarios. 1: This switch is set to on. Scenario
1: When a UE in the CELL_PCH state sends a CELL
UPDATE message to the RNC during its RRC
counter by one only after the RRC connection is
released, not during the RRC connection release.
Scenario 2: When the cell IDs of UEs in the CELL_PCH
state are incorrectly maintained, the RNC corrects the
value of this counter. 0: This switch is set to off.
Scenario 1: When a UE in the CELL_PCH state sends
a CELL UPDATE message to the RNC during its RRC
counter by one during the RRC connection release as
well as after the RRC connection is released. Scenario
2: When the cell IDs of UEs in the CELL_PCH state are
incorrectly maintained, the value of this counter remains
unchanged. 3)
Whether the DRNC notifies the NodeB of the SRNC's
vendor over the Iub interface when the DRNC
determines that the SRNC is from another vendor. 1:
This switch is set to on. The DRNC notifies the NodeB
of the SRNC's vendor when the DRNC determines that
the SRNC is from another vendor. 0: This switch is set
to off. The DRNC does not notify the NodeB of the
SRNC's vendor.

WCDMA RAN

nd
GUI Value Range: ASU_RSP_FAIL_REL_UE,

Unit: None
Actual Value Range: ASU_RSP_FAIL_REL_UE,
Default Value: ASU_RSP_FAIL_REL_UE:
0,CELL_PCH_UES_OPT_SWITCH:
0,DRNC_NOTICE_NODEB_SRNC_VEST_SWITC
H:0
N302 BSC690 SET WRFD- Intra Meaning: Maximum number of retransmissions of the
0 UCONN 010901 RNC CELL UPDATE/URA UPDATE message. The
MODET WRFD- URA protocol-defined default value is 3. The value of this
IMER 010902 Update parameter is contained in SIB1 messages.
WRFD- Inter GUI Value Range: 0~7

010101 RNC Unit: None
URA
WRFD- Update Actual Value Range: 0~7
140103 Default Value: 3
3GPP
WRFD- R9
010801 Specific
WRFD- ations
010802 Call
Reestabl
ishment
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
Inter
RNC
Cell
Update

WCDMA RAN

nd
N302 BSC691 SET WRFD- Intra Meaning: Maximum number of retransmissions of the
0 UCONN 010901 RNC CELL UPDATE/URA UPDATE message. The
MODET WRFD- URA protocol-defined default value is 3. The value of this
IMER 010902 Update parameter is contained in SIB1 messages.
WRFD- Inter GUI Value Range: 0~7

010101 RNC Unit: None
URA
WRFD- Update Actual Value Range: 0~7
140103 Default Value: 3
3GPP
WRFD- R9
010801 Specific
WRFD- ations
010802 Call
Reestabl
ishment
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
Inter
RNC
Cell
Update

WCDMA RAN
Call Reestablishment Feature Parameter Description 12 Counters
12 Counters
Table 12-1 Counter description
Counter ID Counter Name Counter NE Feature ID Feature Name

Description
73426799 VS.AttRlReEst. Number of Call BSC6900 WRFD-140103 Call

CS Reestablishment Reestablishment
Attempts for CS
Services for Cell
73426800 VS.SuccRlReEs Number of BSC6900 WRFD-140103 Call

t.CS Successful Call Reestablishment
Reestablishment
s for CS Services
for Cell

PS Reestablishment Reestablishment
Attempts for PS
Services for Cell

t.PS Successful Call Reestablishment
Reestablishment
s for PS Services
for Cell
73428903 VS.RAB.Rel.C Number of BSC6900 WRFD-140103 Call

S.CNInit.After- Times CN Reestablishment
ReEst Initiates CS
RAB Releases
After RL
Reestablishment
and Before
Timer Expires

WCDMA RAN
Call Reestablishment Feature Parameter Description 12 Counters
Counter ID Counter Name Counter NE Feature ID Feature Name

Description

S.CNInit.Durin Times CN Reestablishment
gReEst Initiates CS
RAB Releases
During RL
Reestablishment

CS Reestablishment Reestablishment
Attempts for CS
Services for Cell

t.CS Successful Call Reestablishment
Reestablishment
s for CS Services
for Cell

PS Reestablishment Reestablishment
Attempts for PS
Services for Cell

t.PS Successful Call Reestablishment
Reestablishment
s for PS Services
for Cell

S.CNInit.After- Times CN Reestablishment
ReEst Initiates CS
RAB Releases
After RL
Reestablishment
and Before
Timer Expires

S.CNInit.Durin Times CN Reestablishment
gReEst Initiates CS
RAB Releases
During RL
Reestablishment

WCDMA RAN
Call Reestablishment Feature Parameter Description 13 Glossary
13 Glossary
For the acronyms, abbreviations, terms, and definitions, see Glossary.

WCDMA RAN
Call Reestablishment Feature Parameter Description 14 Reference Documents
14 Reference Documents
1. 3GPP TS 25.331, "Radio Resource Control (RRC); Protocol specification"

2. 3GPP TS 25.214, "Physical layer procedures (FDD)"
3. 3GPP TS 25.331, "Re-establishment timer"
4. 3GPP TS 25.331, "RLC re-establishment or inter-RAT change"


Call Reestablishment (RAN16.0 03)

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Call Reestablishment (RAN16.0 03)

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

WCDMA RAN

Call Reestablishment Feature

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Trademarks and Permissions

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 03 (2015-03-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential i

1 About This Document..................................................................................................................1

3 Uplink RL Out of Synchronization..........................................................................................13

Issue 03 (2015-03-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ii

5.2.3 CELL_DCH-to-CELL_PCH Reconfiguration and Reestablishment........................................................................28

6 Air-Interface Process Timeout..................................................................................................29

7 Air-interface Process Overlap...................................................................................................43

Issue 03 (2015-03-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iii

Issue 03 (2015-03-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iv

1 About This Document

This document applies to the following NE types.

RNC BSC6900, BSC6910

NodeB Macro 3900 series macro base stations: BTS3900, BTS3900A,

Micro BTS3803E, BTS3902E

LampSite DBS3900 LampSite

1.2 Intended Audience

l Need to understand the features described herein

1.3 Change History

Issue 03 (2015-03-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 1

Change Change Description Parameter Change

Feature Switches are added to control the Added the following

For details, see the following sections: l RsvSwitch5

Optimized the call reestablishment Added

The switch is added to control the Added

Added the following function: RNC can Added

Issue 03 (2015-03-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 2

Change Change Description Parameter Change

Added the following scenario for Added

Editorial Reorganized the information in chapter 7 None

Change Change Description Parameter Change

Feature Added the CELL_DCH-to-CELL_PCH Added

Added technical descriptions of the scenario Added the following

Editorial None None

Issue 03 (2015-03-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3

Change Change Description Parameter Change

Feature None None

Editorial Optimized descriptions in the following sections: None

Optimized figures in chapter 6 Air-Interface None

Optimized descriptions of MML Command None

RAN16.0 Draft A (2014-01-20)

Change Change Description Parameter Change

Feature Added the method of monitoring Added the StatisticTmrAfterRlReEst

Issue 03 (2015-03-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 4

Change Change Description Parameter Change

Optimized the call Added the following switch and

Optimized the call Added the following switches:

This feature can be batch activated None

Editorial None None

1.4 Differences Between Base Station Types

Issue 03 (2015-03-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 5

Issue 03 (2015-03-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 6

Call reestablishment can be initiated by a UE or the RAN.

This document describes only call reestablishment initiated by the RAN.

Issue 03 (2015-03-30) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7

l Air-interface process timeout

Processes That Can Trigger Call Reestablishment

Mapping Between Service Types, Triggering Processes, and Triggering Causes

Service Type Triggering Process Triggering Cause